UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

R
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
£
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 000-50345

Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland
 
20-0154352
(State or other jurisdiction
 
(I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)
 
Identification No.)

 
1525 Pointer Ridge Place
20716
 
Bowie, Maryland
(Zip Code)
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (301) 430-2500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
Name of exchange on which registered
(Title of each class)
The NASDQ Stock Market LLC
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yes þ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
o Yes þ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).         Yes  o    No  o

Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer  o                                                                                                         Accelerated filer  o           
Non-accelerated filer  o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)                     Smaller Reporting Company þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
o Yes þ No

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates was $24.9 million as of June 30, 2010 based on a sales price of $7.51 per share of Common Stock, which is the sales price at which the Common Stock was last traded on June 30, 2010 as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s Common Stock was 3,891,705 as of March 1, 2011.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc., to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
 

 

OLD LINE BANCSHARES, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
 
PART I
 
Item 1.
Business
ITEM 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4.
(Removed and Reserved)

PART II
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements
Item 9.
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.
Other Information

PART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules


 
 

 
 
PART I

Item 1.      Business

Business of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

Old Line Bancshares, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on April 11, 2003 to serve as the holding company of Old Line Bank. The primary business of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. is to own all of the capital stock of Old Line Bank.

On May 22, 2003, the stockholders of Old Line Bank approved the reorganization of Old Line Bank into a holding company structure.  The reorganization became effective on September 15, 2003. In connection with the reorganization, (i) Old Line Bank became our wholly-owned subsidiary and (ii) each outstanding share (or fraction thereof) of Old Line Bank common stock was converted into one share (or fraction thereof) of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. common stock, and the former holders of Old Line Bank common stock became the holders of all our outstanding shares.

Our primary business is to own all of the capital stock of Old Line Bank.  We also have an approximately $1.0  million investment in a real estate investment limited liability company named Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC (“Pointer Ridge”).  We own 62.50% of Pointer Ridge.

Business of Old Line Bank
 
General
 
Old Line Bank is a trust company chartered under Subtitle 2 of Title 3 of the Financial Institutions Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland.  Old Line Bank was originally chartered in 1989 as a national bank under the title “Old Line National Bank.”  In June 2002, Old Line Bank converted to a Maryland chartered trust company exercising the powers of a commercial bank, and received a Certificate of Authority to do business from the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation.

Old Line Bank converted from a national bank to a Maryland chartered trust company to reduce certain federal, supervisory and application fees that were then applicable to Old Line National Bank and to have a local primary regulator.  Prior to the conversion, Old Line Bank’s primary regulator was the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  Currently, Old Line Bank’s primary regulator is the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation.

Old Line Bank does not exercise trust powers and its regulatory structure is the same as a Maryland chartered commercial bank.  Old Line Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures our deposits.

We are headquartered in Bowie, Maryland, approximately 10 miles east of Andrews Air Force Base and 20 miles east of Washington, D.C.  We engage in a general commercial banking business, making various types of loans and accepting deposits.  We market our financial services to small to medium sized businesses, entrepreneurs, professionals, consumers and high net worth clients.   Our current primary market area is the suburban Maryland (Washington, D.C. suburbs) counties of Prince George’s, Charles, Anne Arundel and northern St. Mary’s.  We also target customers throughout the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area.  Our branch offices generally operate six days per week from 8:00 a.m. until 7:00 p.m. on weekdays and from 8:00 a.m. until noon on Saturday.  None of our branch offices are open on Sunday.


 
3

 

Our principal source of revenue is interest income and fees generated by lending and investing funds on deposit.  We typically balance the loan and investment portfolio towards loans.  Generally speaking, loans earn more attractive returns than investments and are a key source of product cross sales and customer referrals.  Our loan and investment strategies balance the need to maintain adequate liquidity via excess cash or federal funds sold with opportunities to leverage our capital appropriately.

We have based our strategic plan on the premise of enhancing stockholder value and growth through branching and operating profits.  Our short term goals include maintaining credit quality, creating an attractive branch network, expanding fee income, generating extensions of core banking services and using technology to maximize stockholder value.

Recent Business Developments

Pending Merger with Maryland Bankcorp, Inc.

On September 1, 2010, we announced that we had executed a merger agreement that provided for our acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc., the parent company of Maryland Bank & Trust Company, N.A., which provides for our acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. for approximately, $20 million, or approximately $30.93 per share, in cash (not to exceed $1 million) and stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the merger agreement.

Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. will be merged with and into Old Line Bancshares, Inc. with Old Line Bancshares, Inc. surviving the merger.  Immediately after the merger, Maryland Bank & Trust Company, N.A. will merge with and into Old Line Bank, with Old Line Bank being the surviving bank.

The acquisition will increase Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s total assets by more than $349 million for total assets immediately after closing of approximately $750 million.  The acquisition will add ten full service branches to Old Line Bank’s existing ten branch network. This acquisition will create the sixth largest independent commercial bank based in Maryland, with assets of more than $750 million and with 20 full service branches serving five counties.

The stockholders of both companies approved the acquisition in January 2011 and we have received regulatory approval or non-objection, as applicable, from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation to complete the acquisition pursuant to the merger agreement.  We currently expect the acquisition to close on April 1, 2011.

Branch Expansion Developments

In 2009, we substantially completed our branch expansion efforts with the opening of two new branch locations.  On July 1, 2009, we opened a branch at 1641 State Route 3 North, Crofton, Maryland in Anne Arundel County.

In October 2009, we opened an additional branch in the Fairwood Office Park located at 12100 Annapolis Road, Suite 1, Glen Dale, Maryland.  We hired the staff for this location during the third quarter of 2009.

In the fourth quarter of 2009, we moved our Greenbelt (Prince George’s County) Maryland branch that was opened in June 2007 on the 1 st floor of an office building to a free standing building at the southwest corner of the intersection of Kenilworth Avenue and Ivy Lane, Greenbelt, Maryland.  In April 2007, we hired the Branch Manager for this location and hired the remainder of the staff in May and September of 2007.

On January 2, 2011, we executed an agreement to lease 3,682 square feet of space on the 1st floor of an office building, plus the area comprising the drive-thru banking facilities, located at 2530 Riva Road in Annapolis, Maryland.  We plan to move our current Annapolis branch to this new location during the second quarter of 2011.  We are currently evaluating alternative uses for the existing branch.

 
4

 

Expansion of Commercial, Construction and Commercial Real Estate Lending

In December 2009, we added a team of four experienced, highly skilled loan officers to our staff.  These officers have a combined 50 years of commercial banking experience and were employed by a large regional bank with offices in the suburban Maryland market prior to joining us.  These individuals have worked in our market area for many years, have worked together as a team for several years and have a history of successfully generating a high volume of commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans.  This team operates from our Greenbelt, Maryland branch location.

As anticipated, the addition of these individuals and our new branches caused an increase in non-interest expenses in 2010.  As a result of the addition of these individuals and branches, however, we also experienced an increased level of loan and deposit growth during 2010 that we expect will continue for the foreseeable future, which has provided and we expect will continue to provide increased interest income that exceeds their non-interest expenses.

Sale and Repurchase of Preferred Stock to the U.S. Treasury

On December 5, 2008, we issued $7 million of our Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock at $7.40 per share to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program under the Troubled Asset Relief Program implemented pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.  Please see “-Supervision and Regulation-The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008” for additional information.

On July 15, 2009, we paid the U.S. Treasury $7,058,333 to repurchase the preferred stock outlined above.  The amount paid included the liquidation value of the preferred stock and $58,333 of accrued but unpaid dividends.  We have also repurchased at a fair market value of $225,000 the warrant to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock that was issued to the U.S. Treasury in conjunction with the issuance of the preferred stock.

Location and Market Area

We consider our current primary market area to consist of the suburban Maryland (Washington, D.C. suburbs) counties of Prince George’s, Anne Arundel, Charles and northern St. Mary’s.  The economy in our current primary market area has focused on real estate development, high technology, retail and the government sector.

Our headquarters and a branch are located at 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Prince George’s County, Maryland.  A critical component of our strategic plan and future growth is Prince George’s County.  Prince George’s County wraps around the eastern boundary of Washington, D.C. and offers urban, suburban and rural settings for employers and residents.  There are several national and international airports less than an hour away, as is Baltimore.  We currently have six branch locations in Prince George’s County.

Two of our branch offices are located in Waldorf, Maryland in Charles County.  Just 15 miles south of the Washington Capital Beltway, Charles County is the gateway to Southern Maryland.  The northern part of Charles County is the “development district” where the commercial, residential and business growth is focused.  Waldorf, White Plains and the planned community of St. Charles are located here.

Two of our branch offices are located in Anne Arundel County, one in Annapolis that we opened in September 2008 and one that we opened in Crofton in July 2009.  Anne Arundel County borders the Chesapeake Bay and is situated in the high tech corridor between Baltimore and Washington, D.C.  With over 534 miles of shoreline, it provides waterfront living to many residential communities.  Annapolis, the State Capital and home to the United States Naval Academy, and Baltimore/Washington International Thurgood Marshal Airport (BWI) are located in Anne Arundel County.  Anne Arundel County has one of the strongest economies in the State of Maryland and its unemployment rate is consistently below the national average.


 
5

 

Lending Activities
 
General .   Our primary market focus is on making loans to small and medium size businesses, entrepreneurs, professionals, consumers and high net worth clients in our primary market area.  Our lending activities consist generally of short to medium term commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans, real estate construction loans, home equity loans and consumer installment loans, both secured and unsecured.  As a niche lending product, we have provided luxury boat financing to individuals, who generally tend to be high net worth individuals.  These boats are generally Coast Guard documented and have a homeport of record in the Chesapeake Bay or its tributaries.
 
Credit Policies and Administration .  We have adopted a comprehensive lending policy, which includes stringent underwriting standards for all types of loans.  Our lending staff follows pricing guidelines established periodically by our management team.  In an effort to manage risk, prior to funding, the loan committee consisting of our executive officers and six members of the Board of Directors must approve by a majority vote all credit decisions in excess of a lending officer’s lending authority.   Management believes that we employ experienced lending officers, secures appropriate collateral and carefully monitors the financial condition of its borrowers and the concentrations of loans in the portfolio.
 
In addition to the normal repayment risks, all loans in the portfolio are subject to the state of the economy and the related effects on the borrower and/or the real estate market.  With the exception of loans provided to finance luxury boats, generally longer term loans have periodic interest rate adjustments and/or call provisions.  Senior management monitors the loan portfolio closely to ensure that we minimize past due loans and that we swiftly deal with potential problem loans.
 
            Old Line Bank also retains an outside, independent firm to review the loan portfolio.  This firm performs a detailed annual review and an interim update at least once a year.  We use the results of the firm’s report to validate our internal loan ratings and we review their commentary on specific loans and on our loan administration activities in order to improve our operations .
 
Commercial Business Lending .   Our commercial business lending consists of lines of credit, revolving credit facilities, accounts receivable financing, term loans, equipment loans, SBA loans, standby letters of credit and unsecured loans.  We originate commercial loans for any business purpose including the financing of leasehold improvements and equipment, the carrying of accounts receivable, general working capital and acquisition activities. We have a diverse client base and we do not have a concentration of these types of loans in any specific industry segment.  We generally secure commercial business loans with accounts receivable, equipment, deeds of trust and other collateral such as marketable securities, cash value of life insurance, and time deposits at Old Line Bank.
 
Commercial business loans have a higher degree of risk than residential mortgage loans because the availability of funds for repayment generally depends on the success of the business.  They may also involve higher average balances, increased difficulty monitoring and a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business.  To help manage this risk, we typically limit these loans to proven businesses and we generally obtain appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners and monitor the financial condition of the business.  For loans in excess of $250,000, monitoring usually includes a review of the borrower’s annual tax returns and updated financial statements.
 
Commercial Real Estate Lending .   We finance commercial real estate for our clients, usually for owner occupied properties.  We generally will finance owner occupied commercial real estate at a maximum loan to value of 85%.  Our underwriting policies and processes focus on the clients’ ability to repay the loan as well as an assessment of the underlying real estate .   We originate commercial real estate loans on a fixed rate or adjustable rate basis.  Usually, these rates adjust during a three, five or seven year time period based on the then current treasury or prime rate index.  Repayment terms include amortization schedules from three years to a maximum of 25 years with principal and interest payments due monthly and with all remaining principal due at maturity.
 
Commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risks as compared with residential mortgage lending.   Risks inherent in managing a commercial real estate portfolio relate to sudden or gradual drops in property values as well as changes in the economic climate that may detrimentally impact the borrower’s ability to repay.  We attempt to mitigate these risks by carefully underwriting these loans.  Our underwriting generally includes an analysis of the borrower’s capacity to repay, the current collateral value, a cash flow analysis and review of the character of the borrower and current and prospective conditions in the market.  We generally limit loans in this category to 75%-80% of the value of the property and require personal and/or corporate guarantees.  For loans of this type in excess of $250,000, we monitor the financial condition and operating performance of the borrower through a review of annual tax returns and updated financial statements.  In addition, we will meet with the borrower and/or perform site visits as required.
 
 
 
6

 

 
Real Estate Construction Lending .   This segment of our loan portfolio consists of funds advanced for construction of single family residences, multifamily housing and commercial buildings. These loans have short durations, meaning maturities typically of nine months or less. Residential houses, multifamily dwellings and commercial buildings under construction and the underlying land for which the loan was obtained secure the construction loans.  All of these loans are concentrated in our primary market area.

Construction lending entails significant risks compared with residential mortgage lending.  These risks involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers with funds advanced upon the security of the land or the project under construction.  The value of the project is estimated prior to the completion of construction.  Thus, it is more difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project and related loan to value ratios.  To mitigate these risks, we generally limit loan amounts to 80% of appraised values and obtain first lien positions on the property.  We generally only offer real estate construction financing to experienced builders and commercial entities or individuals who have demonstrated the ability to obtain a permanent loan “take out.”  We also perform a complete analysis of the borrower and the project under construction.  This analysis includes a review of the cost to construct, the borrower’s ability to obtain a permanent “take out”, the cash flow available to support the debt payments and construction costs in excess of loan proceeds, and the value of the collateral.   During construction, we advance funds on these loans on a percentage of completion bases.  We inspect each project as needed prior to advancing funds during the term of the construction loan.

Residential Real Estate Lending .   We offer a variety of consumer oriented residential real estate loans.  The bulk of our portfolio is made up of home equity loans to individuals with a loan to value not exceeding 85%.  We also offer fixed rate home improvement loans.  Our home equity and home improvement loan portfolio gives us a diverse client base.  Although most of these loans are in our primary market area, the diversity of the individual loans in the portfolio reduces our potential risk.  Usually, we secure our home equity loans and lines of credit with a security interest in the borrower’s primary or secondary residence.  Our initial underwriting includes an analysis of the borrower’s debt/income ratio which generally may not exceed 40%, collateral value, length of employment and prior credit history.  We do not have any subprime residential real estate loans.

Consumer Installment Lending

Luxury Boat Loans.   We offer various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans.  Prior to 2008, a primary aspect of our consumer lending was financing for luxury boat purchases.  Although we continue to maintain a portfolio comprised of these loans ($11.6 million or 88.85% of the consumer loans, excluding consumer real estate, and 3.85% of gross loans at December 31, 2010) and would consider making such loans in the future if borrowers were to apply for them, we have not originated any substantive new marine loans since the third quarter of 2007.  Our average loan in the luxury boat loan category is approximately $125,000, with a 15 year term and a fixed interest rate.  Historically, our internal analysis and industry statistics indicated that the average life of these loans was approximately 42 months as the purchaser either traded or sold the vessel.  We believe that the current economic turmoil has extended the average life of these loans as borrowers are not trading their boats for new ones or able to sell the boat (and pay off the related loan) when they desire to do so.  These loans entail greater risks than residential mortgage lending because the boats that secure these loans are depreciable assets.  Further, payment on these loans depends on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.  Job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to pay.  To mitigate these risks, we have more stringent underwriting standards for these loans than for other installment loans.  As a general guideline, the individual’s debt service should not exceed 36% of his or her gross income, the individual must own a home, have stability of employment and residency, verifiable liquidity, satisfactory prior credit repayment history and the loan to value ratio may not exceed 85%.  To ascertain value, we generally receive a survey of the boat from a qualified surveyor and/or a current purchase agreement and compare the determined value to published industry values.  The majority of these boats are United States Coast Guard documented vessels and we obtain a lien on the vessel with a first preferred ship mortgage, where applicable, or a security interest on the title.  As a result of these stringent guidelines, this segment of our portfolio has experienced minimal delinquency.  Since inception of the portfolio in 1997, only five accounts have experienced 30 day delinquency with total losses in the portfolio of $98,000 from three accounts.   The most recent loss occurred during the third quarter of 2009 when we repossessed a boat.  At the time of repossession, we charged $50,000 to the allowance for loan losses for anticipated losses we expected to incur on this transaction and included in other assets $50,000 for the repossessed value of the boat.
 
 
7

 
 
Personal and Household Loans.   We also make consumer loans for personal, family or household purposes as a convenience to our customer base.  However, these loans are not a focus of our lending activities.  As a general guideline, a consumer’s total debt service should not exceed 40% of his or her gross income.  The underwriting standards for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of his or her ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.

Consumer loans may present greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans because many consumer loans are unsecured or rapidly depreciating assets secure these loans.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.  If a borrower suffers personal financial difficulties, the loan may not be repaid.  Also, various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount we can recover on such loans.  However, in our opinion, many of these risks do not apply to the luxury boat loan portfolio due to the credit quality and liquidity of the borrowers.

Lending Limit .   As of December 31, 2010, our legal lending limit for loans to one borrower was approximately $5.7 million.  As part of our risk management strategy, we may attempt to participate a portion of larger loans to other financial institutions.  This strategy allows Old Line Bank to maintain customer relationships yet reduce credit exposure.  However, this strategy may not always be available.

Investments and Funding

We balance our liquidity needs based on loan and deposit growth via the investment portfolio, purchased funds, and short term borrowings.  It is our goal to provide adequate liquidity to support our loan growth.  In the event we have excess liquidity, we use investments to generate positive earnings.  In the event deposit growth does not fully support our loan growth, we can use a combination of investment sales, federal funds, other purchased funds and short term borrowings to augment our funding position.

We actively monitor our investment portfolio and we classify the majority of the portfolio as “available for sale.”  In general, under such a classification, we may sell investment instruments as management deems appropriate.  On a monthly basis, we “mark to market” the investment portfolio through an adjustment to stockholders’ equity net of taxes.  Additionally, we use the investment portfolio to balance our asset and liability position.  We invest in fixed rate or floating rate instruments as necessary to reduce our interest rate risk exposure.

Other Banking Products

We offer our customers safe deposit boxes, wire transfer services, debit cards, automated teller machines at all of our branch locations and credit cards through a third party processor.  Additionally, we provide Internet banking capabilities to our customers.  With our Internet banking service, our customers may view their accounts on line and electronically remit bill payments.  Our commercial account services include direct deposit of payroll for our commercial clients’ employees, an overnight sweep service and remote deposit capture service.

Deposit Activities

Deposits are the major source of our funding.  We offer a broad array of deposit products that include demand, NOW, money market and savings accounts as well as certificates of deposit.  We believe that we pay competitive rates on our interest bearing deposits.  As a relationship oriented organization, we generally seek to obtain deposit relationships with our loan clients.

 
8

 
 
As our overall balance sheet position dictates, we may become more or less competitive in our interest rate structure.  We do use brokered deposits as a funding mechanism.  Our primary source of brokered deposits is the  Promontory Interfinancial Network (Promontory).  Through this deposit matching network and its certificate of deposit account and money market registry services, we obtained the ability to offer our customers access to FDIC insured deposit products in aggregate amounts exceeding current insurance limits.  When we place funds through Promontory on behalf of a customer, we receive matching deposits through the network.  During 2008, 2009 and 2010, we also purchased brokered certificates of deposit from other sources .
 
 
Competition

The banking business is highly competitive.  We compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our primary market area and elsewhere.

We believe that we have effectively leveraged our talents, contacts and location to achieve a strong financial position.  However, our primary market area is highly competitive and heavily branched.  Competition in our primary market area for loans to small and medium sized businesses, entrepreneurs, professionals and high net worth clients is intense, and pricing is important.  Most of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we do and offer extensive and established branch networks and other services that we do not offer.  Moreover, larger institutions operating in our primary market area have access to borrowed funds at a lower rate than is available to us.  Deposit competition also is strong among institutions in our primary market area.  As a result, it is possible that to remain competitive we may need to pay above market rates for deposits.
 
 
Employees
 
As of March 1, 2011, Old Line Bank had 69 full time and 12 part time employees.  No collective bargaining unit represents any of our employees and we believe that relations with our employees are good.  Old Line Bancshares, Inc. has no employees.
 
Supervision and Regulation

Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Old Line Bank are subject to extensive regulation under state and federal banking laws and regulations. These laws impose specific requirements and restrictions on virtually all aspects of operations and generally are intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.  The following summary sets forth certain material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Old Line Bank.  It does not describe all of the provisions of the statutes, regulations and policies that are identified.  To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by express reference to each of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.  A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on our business.
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. is a Maryland corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  We are subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and are required to file periodic reports and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require.  The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries and acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks.
 
In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.  In addition, in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks.  A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board regulations or both.  This doctrine is commonly known as the “source of strength” doctrine.  The Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary (other than a non-bank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve Board’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company.  Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or non-bank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.
 
 
9

 
 
The status of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1856, as amended, does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to Maryland corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.
 
Old Line Bank
 
Old Line Bank is a Maryland chartered trust company (with all of the powers of a commercial bank), is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures its deposit accounts up to the maximum legal limits of the FDIC.  It is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation (“Commissioner”) and the Federal Reserve Board.  The regulations of these various agencies govern most aspects of Old Line Bank’s business, including required reserves against deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowing, dividends and location and number of branch offices.  The Dodd-Frank Act transferred responsibility for the implementation of financial consumer protection laws to a new independent agency in the Federal Reserve Board.  The new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, will issue rules and regulations governing consumer financial protection.  However, depository institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as Old Line Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection laws by the Commissioner and Federal Reserve Board, which will also have enforcement authority.
 
Capital Adequacy Guidelines
 
The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk based capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which they assess the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising banks and in analyzing bank regulatory applications.  Risk based capital requirements determine the adequacy of capital based on the risk inherent in various classes of assets and off balance sheet items.
 
Old Line Bank is expected to meet a minimum ratio of total qualifying capital (the sum of core capital (Tier I) and supplementary capital (Tier II)) to risk weighted assets of 8%.  At least half of this amount (4%) should be in the form of Tier I Capital.  In general, this requirement is similar to the capital that a bank must have in order to be considered “adequately capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations.  See “– Prompt Corrective Action.”  Old Line Bank currently complies with this minimum requirement.
 
Tier I Capital generally consists of the sum of common stockholders’ equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the case of the latter to limitations on the kind and amount of such stock which may be included as Tier I Capital), less goodwill, without adjustment for changes in the market value of securities classified as “available for sale.”  Tier II Capital consists of the following: hybrid capital instruments; perpetual preferred stock which is not otherwise eligible to be included as Tier I Capital; term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock; and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan losses.  Assets are adjusted under the risk based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics, with the categories ranging from 0% (requiring no risk based capital) for assets such as cash, to 100% for the bulk of assets which are typically held by a commercial bank, including certain multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans.
 

 
10

 

Residential first mortgage loans on one to four family residential real estate and certain seasoned multi-family residential real estate loans, which are not 90 days or more past due or non-performing and which have been made in accordance with prudent underwriting standards are assigned a 50% level in the risk weighing system, as are certain privately-issued mortgage backed securities representing indirect ownership of such loans.  Off balance sheet items also are adjusted to take into account certain risk characteristics.
 
In addition to the risk based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve Board has established a minimum 3.0% Leverage Capital Ratio (Tier I Capital to total adjusted assets) requirement for the most highly rated banks, with an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points for all other banks, which effectively increases the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio for such other banks to 4.0% - 5.0% or more.  The highest rated banks are those that are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and have well diversified risk, including no undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings and, in general, those which are considered a strong banking organization.  A bank having less than the minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement must, within 60 days of the date as of which it fails to comply with such requirement, submit a reasonable plan describing the means and timing by which the bank will achieve its minimum Leverage Capital Ratio requirement.  A bank that fails to file such a plan is deemed to be operating in an unsafe and unsound manner, and could be subject to a cease and desist order.  Any insured depository institution with a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 2.0% is deemed to be operating in an unsafe or unsound condition pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) and is subject to potential termination of deposit insurance.  However, such an institution will not be subject to an enforcement proceeding solely on account of its capital ratios if it has entered into and is in compliance with a written agreement to increase its Leverage Capital Ratio and to take such other action as may be necessary for the institution to be operated in a safe and sound manner.  The capital regulations also provide, among other things, for the issuance of a capital directive, which is a final order issued to a bank that fails to maintain minimum capital or to restore its capital to the minimum capital requirement within a specified time period.
 
Prompt Corrective Action
 
Under Section 38 of the FDIA, each federal banking agency is required to implement a system of prompt corrective action for institutions that it regulates.  The federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations to implement the system of prompt corrective action established by Section 38 of the FDIA.  Under the regulations, a bank will be deemed to be: (i) “well capitalized” if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or more, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio of 6.0% or more, a Leverage Capital Ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized;” (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Leverage Capital Ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.
 
An institution generally must file a written capital restoration plan which meets specified requirements with an appropriate federal banking agency within 45 days of the date the institution receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized.  A federal banking agency must provide the institution with written notice of approval or disapproval within 60 days after receiving a capital restoration plan, subject to extensions by the applicable agency.
 
An institution that is required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guaranty by each company that controls the institution. Such guaranty will be limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution was notified or deemed to have notice that it was undercapitalized or (ii) the amount necessary at such time to restore the relevant capital measures of the institution to the levels required for the institution to be classified as adequately capitalized.  Such a guaranty will expire after the federal banking agency notifies the institution that it has remained adequately capitalized for each of four consecutive calendar quarters.  An institution that fails to submit a written capital restoration plan within the requisite period, including any required performance guaranty, or fails in any material respect to implement a capital restoration plan, will be subject to the restrictions in Section 38 of the FDIA which are applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions.
 
 
 
11

 
 
Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, an institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals.  The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures.  These discretionary supervisory actions include:  requiring the institution to raise additional capital, restricting transactions with affiliates, requiring divestiture of the institution or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser, and any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate.  These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions.
 
A “critically undercapitalized institution” will be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days unless the FDIC formally determines that forbearance from such action would better protect the deposit insurance fund.  Unless the FDIC or other appropriate federal banking regulatory agency makes specific further findings and certifies that the institution is viable and is not expected to fail, an institution that remains critically undercapitalized on average during the fourth calendar quarter after the date it becomes critically undercapitalized must be placed in receivership.  The general rule is that the FDIC will be appointed as receiver within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized unless extremely good cause is shown and the federal regulators agree to an extension.  In general, good cause is defined as capital that has been raised and is immediately available for infusion into the bank except for certain technical requirements that may delay the infusion for a period of time beyond the 90 day time period.
 
Additionally, under Section 11(c)(5) of the FDIA, a conservator or receiver may be appointed for an institution where: (i) an institution’s obligations exceed its assets; (ii) there is substantial dissipation of the institution’s assets or earnings as a result of any violation of law or any unsafe or unsound practice; (iii) the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition; (iv) there is a willful violation of a cease and desist order; (v) the institution is unable to pay its obligations in the ordinary course of business; (vi) losses or threatened losses deplete all or substantially all of an institution’s capital, and there is no reasonable prospect of becoming “adequately capitalized” without assistance; (vii) there is any violation of law or unsafe or unsound practice or condition that is likely to cause insolvency or substantial dissipation of assets or earnings, weaken the institution’s condition, or otherwise seriously prejudice the interests of depositors or the insurance fund; (viii) an institution ceases to be insured; (ix) the institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect that it will become adequately capitalized, fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so, or fails to submit or materially implement a capital restoration plan; or (x) the institution is critically undercapitalized or otherwise has substantially insufficient capital.
 
Currently, Old Line Bank is well capitalized.
 

 
12

 

Basel III
 
In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III”.  Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.  Basel III increases the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and introduces a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk weighted assets, raising the target minimum common equity ratio to 7%.  This capital conservation buffer also increases the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio from 6% to 8.5% and the minimum total capital ratio from 8% to 10.5%.  In addition, Basel III introduces a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital for periods of excess credit growth.  Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards.  The requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact our financial results.
 
Deposit Insurance
 
The deposits of Old Line Bank are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the FDIC.  The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the FDIC deposit insurance coverage per separately insured depositor for all account types to $250,000.  In November 2010, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC issued a Final Rule that provides for unlimited insurance coverage of non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts, regardless of the balance of the account, until January 1, 2013.  On January 18, 2011, the FDIC issued a Final Rule to include Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts (“IOLTAs”) in the temporary unlimited insurance coverage for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts.  This temporary unlimited insurance coverage replaces the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP), which expired on December 31, 2010.  Unlike the TAGP, there is no special assessment associated with the temporary unlimited insurance coverage, nor may institutions opt out of the unlimited coverage.
 
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.
 
Deposit Insurance Assessments
 
Under current FDIC regulations, each depository institution is assigned to a risk category based on capital and supervisory measures.  In 2009, the FDIC revised the method for calculating the assessment rate for depository institutions by introducing several adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate.  A depository institution is assessed premiums by the FDIC based on its risk category and the amount of deposits held. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividends, Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing (“Rule”).  The Rule, mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, changes the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.  In addition, the Rule adopts a “scorecard” assessment scheme for larger banks and suspends dividend payments if the Depository Insurance Fund (“DIF”) reserve ratio exceeds 1.5%, but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds.  Under the Rule, larger insured depository institutions will likely be forced to pay higher assessments to the DIF than under the old system, which should offset the cost of the assessment increases for institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, such as Old Line Bank.
 
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
 
In the third quarter of 2008, the Federal Reserve, the U.S. Treasury and the FDIC initiated measures to stabilize the financial markets and to provide liquidity for financial institutions.  The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law on October 3, 2008 and authorized the U.S. Treasury to provide funds to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. financial system.  Under the authority of EESA, the U.S. Treasury instituted a voluntary capital purchase program to encourage U.S. financial institutions to build capital to increase the flow of financing to U.S. businesses and consumers to support the U.S. economy.  Under the program, the U.S. Treasury purchased senior preferred shares of financial institutions that pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year.  On December 5, 2008, Old Line Bancshares issued to the U.S. Treasury $7 million of Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock at $7.40 per share.  We elected to participate in the capital purchase program at an amount equal to approximately 3% of our risk weighted assets at the time.
 
 
13

 
 
On July 15, 2009, we repurchased from the U.S. Treasury the 7,000 shares of preferred stock that we issued to them in December 2008.  We also repurchased the warrant to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock that was issued to the U.S. Treasury in conjunction with the issuance of preferred stock.
 
Maryland Regulatory Assessment
 
The Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation in the Department of Labor, Licensing and Regulation assesses state chartered banks to cover the expense of regulating banking institutions.  The Commissioner assesses each banking institution the sum of $1,000, plus $0.08 for each $1,000 of assets of the institution over $1,000,000, as disclosed on the banking institution’s most recent financial report.  In 2010, we paid $41,904 to the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation.
 
Regulatory Enforcement Authority
 
The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) included substantial enhancement to the enforcement powers available to federal banking regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board.  This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution affiliated parties.  In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.  Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.  FIRREA significantly increased the amount of and grounds for civil money penalties and requires, except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the federal banking agencies.
 
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders
 
Maryland law imposes restrictions on certain transactions with affiliates of Maryland commercial banks.  Generally, under Maryland law, a director, officer or employee of a commercial bank may not borrow, directly or indirectly, any money from the bank, unless the loan has been approved by a resolution adopted by and recorded in the minutes of the board of directors of the bank, or the executive committee of the bank, if that committee is authorized to make loans.  If the executive committee approves such a loan, the loan approval must be reported to the board of directors at its next meeting.  Certain commercial loans made to directors of a bank and certain consumer loans made to non-officer employees of the bank are exempt from the law’s coverage.
 
In addition, Old Line Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Bank (collectively, “Regulation W”), which limit the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates, and limits the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates.  Regulation W limits the aggregate amount of transactions with any individual affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of Old Line Bank and also limits the aggregate amount of transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus.  Loans and certain other extensions of credit to affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in Regulation W, and the purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited.
 
Regulation W, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates (as defined in the Federal Reserve Act) unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution and/or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated entities.  In the absence of comparable transactions, such transactions may only occur under terms and circumstances, including credit standards that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to non-affiliated companies.
 
 
 
14

 
 
In addition, under Regulation W:
 
·       
a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low quality asset from an affiliate;
 
·       
covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and
 
·       
with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.
 
Regulation W generally excludes non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.
 
Old Line Bank also is subject to the restrictions contained in Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation O thereunder (collectively, “Regulation O”), which govern loans and extensions of credit to executive officers, directors and principal stockholders.  Under Regulation O, loans to a director, an executive officer or a greater than 10% stockholder of a bank as well as certain affiliated interests of any of the foregoing may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, the loans to one borrower limit applicable to national banks (generally 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus), and all loans to all such persons in the aggregate may not exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.  Regulation O also prohibits the making of loans in an amount greater than $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus but in any event not over $500,000, to directors, executive officers and greater than 10% stockholders of a bank, and their respective affiliates, unless such loans are approved in advance by a majority of the Board of Directors of the bank with any interested director not participating in the voting.  Further, Regulation O requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as those that are offered in comparable transactions to unrelated third parties unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the bank and does not give preference to insiders over other employees.  Regulation O also prohibits a depository institution from paying overdrafts over $1,000 of any of its executive officers or directors unless they are paid pursuant to written preauthorized extension of credit or transfer of funds plans.
 
All of Old Line Bank’s loans to its and Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s executive officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders, and affiliated interests of such persons, comply with the requirements of Regulation W and Regulation O.
 
We have entered into banking transactions with our directors and executive officers and the business and professional organizations in which they are associated in the ordinary course of business.  We make any loans and loan commitments in accordance with all applicable laws.
 
Loans to One Borrower
 
Old Line Bank is subject to the statutory and regulatory limits on the extension of credit to one borrower.  Generally, the maximum amount of total outstanding loans that a Maryland chartered trust company may have to any one borrower at any one time is 15% of Old Line Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
 

 
15

 

Liquidity
 
Old Line Bank is subject to the reserve requirements imposed by the State of Maryland.  A Maryland commercial bank is required to have at all times a reserve equal to at least 15% of its demand deposits.  Old Line Bank is also subject to the reserve requirements of Federal Reserve Board Regulation D, which applies to all depository institutions.  Specifically, as of December 31, 2010, amounts in transaction accounts above $10.7 million and up to $58.8 million must have reserves held against them in the ratio of 3% of the amount.  Amounts above $58.8 million require reserves of $1,443,000 plus 10% of the amount in excess of $58.8 million.  The Maryland reserve requirements may be used to satisfy the requirements of Federal Reserve Regulation D.  Old Line Bank is in compliance with its reserve requirements.
 
Dividends
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from Old Line Bank.  Virtually all of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s revenue available for the payment of dividends on its common stock results from dividends paid to Old Line Bancshares, Inc. by Old Line Bank.  Under Maryland law, Old Line Bank may declare a cash dividend, after providing for due or accrued expenses, losses, interest, and taxes, from its undivided profits or, with the prior approval of the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation, from its surplus in excess of 100% of its required capital stock.  Also, if Old Line Bank’s surplus is less than 100% of its required capital stock, cash dividends may not be paid in excess of 90% of net earnings.  In addition to these specific restrictions, the bank regulatory agencies have the ability to prohibit or limit proposed dividends if such regulatory agencies determine the payment of such dividends would result in Old Line Bank being in an unsafe and unsound condition.
 
Community Reinvestment Act
 
Old Line Bank is required to comply with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) regardless of its capital condition.  The CRA requires that, in connection with its examinations of Old Line Bank, the Federal Reserve evaluates the record of Old Line Bank in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.  These factors are considered in, among other things, evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.  The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.  Old Line Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating in its latest CRA examination.
 
USA PATRIOT Act
 
The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”)  substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the United States.  The PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions, including banks, to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements, meet minimum standards specified by the Act, follow minimum standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and regularly compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers.  The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of implementing regulations that apply to various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as Old Line Bank.  Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.
 
Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act’s requirements could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.  Old Line Bank has adopted appropriate policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act under the existing regulations and will continue to revise and update its policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA PATRIOT Act and Treasury’s regulations.
 
 
 
16

 
 
The costs or other effects of the compliance burdens imposed by the PATRIOT Act or future anti-terrorist, homeland security or anti-money laundering legislation or regulations cannot be predicted with certainty.
 
Consumer Protection Laws
 
Old Line Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy.  These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and various state law counterparts.
 
In addition, federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions.  Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information.  These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, a financial institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.  Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
 
On July 21, 2010, the previously mentioned Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law.  The Dodd-Frank Act contains a wide variety of provisions affecting the regulation of depository institutions in addition to those already mentioned.  Those include restrictions related to mortgage loan originations, risk retention requirements as to securitized loans and the noted newly created consumer protection agency.   The Dodd-Frank Act also addresses many investor protections, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including Old Line Bancshares, Inc.  The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants stockholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials.
 
Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years.  Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear.  The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business.  These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.  While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.
 
Other Legislative Initiatives
 
In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations that will be promulgated thereunder, new proposals may be introduced in the United States Congress and in the Maryland Legislature and before various bank regulatory authorities which would alter the powers of, and restrictions on, different types of banking organizations and which would restructure part or all of the existing regulatory framework for banks, bank holding companies and other providers of financial services.  Moreover, other bills may be introduced in Congress which would further regulate, deregulate or restructure the financial services industry, including proposals to substantially reform the regulatory framework.  We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which any new regulation or statute may affect our business.
 
 
 
17

 
 
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies
 
Domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies affect our earnings.  The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of financial institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession.  The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject.  We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.
 
Forward Looking Statements

Some of the matters discussed in this annual report including under the captions “Business of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.,” “Business of Old Line Bank,” “Risk Factors”, and “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations” and elsewhere in this annual report, including with respect to our pending merger with Maryland Bankcorp, Inc., including the expected timing and the effects thereof, anticipated expansion and the opening of new branches, growth of customer relationships and anticipated operating results, include forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include statements regarding future revenues (including changes in revenues), income and expenses (including costs associated with deposits), improved earnings and stockholder value, our growth and expansion strategy, liquidity, loan, deposit, asset and customer growth, maintaining or improving the net interest margin during 2011, borrowers continuing to stay current on their loans, our expectations that we will rent additional space from Pointer Ridge which will result in increased earnings for Pointer Ridge, use of brokered deposits, losses on non-accrual loans, our expectation that we will repossess a boat that secures a non-accrual luxury boat loan and sale of foreclosed property with respect to another non-accrual loan, potential regulatory changes, the impact of new accounting guidance, the allowance for loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market risk, use of the second floor of our Waldorf branch, the status of the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio and business, financial and other goals.  Forward-looking statements often use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “project,” “contemplate,” “anticipate,” “forecast,” “intend” or other words of similar meaning.  You can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.  When you read a forward-looking statement, you should keep in mind the risk factors described below and any other information contained in this annual report, which identifies a risk or uncertainty.  Our actual results and the actual outcome of our expectations and strategies could be different from that described in this annual report because of these risks and uncertainties and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.  All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this filing, and we undertake no obligation to make any revisions to the forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this filing or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

ITEM 1A.   Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the following risks, along with other information contained in this Form 10-K.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that may affect us.  Additional risks and uncertainties also may adversely affect our business and operations including those discussed in Item 7-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  Any of the following events, should they actually occur, could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Risk Factors Related to the Pending Merger with Maryland Bankcorp
 
We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the merger.   The success of the pending merger with Maryland Bankcorp, as discussed above in “Item 1-Business” will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining our businesses with Maryland Bankcorp’s.  To realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings, however, we must successfully combine these businesses.  If we are unable to achieve these objectives, we may not fully realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the merger or they may take longer to realize than expected.
 
 
18

 
 
Old Line Bancshares and Maryland Bankcorp have operated and, until the completion of the merger, will continue to operate, independently.  It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the loss of key depositors or other bank customers, the disruption of our ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain our relationships with our clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger.  Integration efforts between the two companies may, to some extent, also divert management attention and resources.  These integration matters could have an adverse effect on us during such transition period.
 
Factors currently affecting the market price of our common stock may change and may affect the market price of our common stock differently after the merger than those currently affecting the market price of the common stock.   The businesses of Old Line Bancshares and Maryland Bankcorp differ and, accordingly, factors currently affecting the market price of our common stock may change and they may impact the independent results of operations and market prices of our common stock differently than they impact us today.
 
If the merger is not completed, we will have incurred substantial expenses without realizing the expected benefits.   We have incurred substantial expenses in connection with the execution of the merger agreement and the pending merger with Maryland Bankcorp.  The completion of the merger depends on the satisfaction of specified conditions.  There is no guarantee that either party will meet these conditions.  If we do not complete the merger, these expenses could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and we will not realize the expected benefits.
 
Failure to complete the merger could negatively impact our stock price, future business and financial results.   If we do not complete the merger, it may adversely affect our ongoing business and we will be subject to several risks, including the following:
 
       
We may be required, under certain circumstances, to pay Maryland Bankcorp a termination fee of $750,000 under the merger agreement;
 
       
We will be required to pay certain costs relating to the merger, whether or not the merger is completed, such as legal, accounting, financial advisor and printing fees;
 
       
Matters relating to the merger may require substantial commitments of time and resources by our management that they could otherwise have devoted to other opportunities that may be beneficial to us.
 
  ●      
In addition, if we do not complete the merger, we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets and from our customers and employees.  We could also be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the merger or to enforcement proceedings commenced against us to perform our obligations under the merger agreement .
 
     
If we do not complete the merger, we cannot assure our stockholders that the risks described above will not materialize and will not materially affect our business, financial results and stock price.
 

 
19

 

Risk Factors Relating to Old Line Bancshares’ Business
 
If economic conditions deteriorate further, our borrowers’ ability to repay loans declines and the value of the collateral securing our loans decreases.  These conditions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.   Changes in prevailing economic conditions, including declining real estate values, changes in interest rates which may cause a decrease in interest rate spreads, adverse employment conditions, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and other significant external events may adversely affect our financial results.  While the recession has officially ended and there is evidence of improvement in the economy, it remains unclear when conditions will improve to the extent that they will positively impact borrowers’ ability to repay their loans in general and demand for loans overall.  Although signs of stability have started to emerge, we expect that the business environment in the State of Maryland and the entire United States will continue to present challenges for the foreseeable future.  Although we have seen limited pockets of price stability or even appreciation in our market area, there remains potential for future decline in real estate values.  Because real estate related loans comprise a significant portion of our loans, continued decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans in our portfolio.  Although the adverse economic climate during the past three years has not severely impacted us due to our strict underwriting standards, further adverse changes in the economy, including increased unemployment or the economy moving back into a recession, could have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

If U.S. markets and economic conditions continue to deteriorate, it could adversely affect our liquidity .  Old Line Bank must maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure cash flow is available to satisfy current and future financial obligations including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding of operating costs and other corporate purposes.  We obtain funding through deposits and various short term and long term wholesale borrowings, including federal funds purchased, unsecured borrowings, brokered certificates of deposits and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and others.  Economic uncertainty and disruptions in the financial system may adversely affect our liquidity.  Dramatic declines in the housing market during the past three years, falling real estate prices and increased foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in significant asset value write downs by financial institutions, including government sponsored entities and investment banks.  These investment write downs have caused financial institutions to seek additional capital. Should we experience a substantial deterioration in our financial condition or should disruptions in the financial markets restrict our funding, it would negatively impact our liquidity.  To mitigate this risk, we closely monitor our liquidity and maintain a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank and have received approval to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond.

Our need to comply with extensive and complex governmental regulation could have an adverse effect on our business and our growth strategy.   The banking industry is subject to extensive regulation by state and federal banking authorities.  Many of these regulations are intended to protect depositors, the public or the FDIC insurance funds, not stockholders.  Regulatory requirements affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, ability to attract and retain personnel and many other aspects of our business.  These requirements may constrain our rate of growth and changes in regulations could adversely affect us.  The cost of compliance with regulatory requirements could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

In addition, because federal regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative debate, we cannot forecast how federal regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact our operations.  In light of the performance of and government intervention in the financial sector, we fully expect there will be significant changes to the banking and financial institutions’ regulatory agencies in the near future.  We further anticipate that regulatory authorities may enact additional laws and regulations in response to the ongoing financial crisis that could have an impact on our operations.  Changes in regulation and oversight, including in the form of changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the service and products we offer, increase our operating expenses, increase compliance challenges and otherwise adversely impact our financial performance and condition.  In addition, the burden imposed by these federal and state regulations may place banks in general, and Old Line Bank specifically, at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors.

 
20

 

The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition .   In July 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. financial services industry.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”), includes provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation disclosure at all Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reporting companies, allows financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments, and includes new restrictions on how mortgage brokers and loan originators may be compensated.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the BCFP and other federal agencies to implement many new and significant rules and regulations to implement its various provisions.  We will not know the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business for years until regulations implementing the statute are adopted and implemented.  As a result, we cannot at this time predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition.  However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and will likely result in additional costs and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.  Further, if the industry responds to provisions allowing financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts by competing for those deposits with interest bearing accounts, this may put some degree of downward pressure on our net interest margin during 2011 and beyond.
 
Because we serve a limited market area in Maryland, an economic downturn in our market area could more adversely affect us than it affects our larger competitors that are more geographically diverse .   Our current primary market area consists of the suburban Maryland (Washington, D.C. suburbs) counties of Prince George’s, Anne Arundel, Charles and northern St. Mary’s.  We have expanded in Prince George’s County and Anne Arundel County, Maryland and may expand in contiguous northern and western counties, such as Montgomery County and Howard County, Maryland, and after the merger with Maryland Bankcorp we will have branches in Calvert and St. Mary’s Counties as well.  However, broad geographic diversification is not currently part of our community bank focus.  Overall, during 2009 and 2010, the business environment negatively impacted many businesses and households in the United States and worldwide.  Although the economic decline has not impacted the suburban Maryland and Washington D.C. suburbs as adversely as other areas of the United States, it has caused an increase in unemployment and business failures and a decline in property values.  As a result, if our market area continues to suffer an economic downturn, it may more severely affect our business and financial condition than it affects larger bank competitors. Our larger competitors serve more geographically diverse market areas, parts of which may not be affected by the same economic conditions that may exist in our market area.  Further, unexpected changes in the national and local economy may adversely affect our ability to attract deposits and to make loans.  Such risks are beyond our control and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and, in turn, the value of our securities.

We depend on the services of key personnel.  The loss of any of these personnel could disrupt our operations and our business could suffer.   Our success depends substantially on the skills and abilities of our executive management team, including James W. Cornelsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph E. Burnett, our Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, Christine M. Rush, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Sandi F. Burnett, our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.  They provide valuable services to us and would be difficult to replace. Although we have entered into employment agreements with these executives, the existence of such agreements does not assure that we will retain their services.

Also, our growth and success and our anticipated future growth and success, in a large part, is due and we anticipate will be due to the relationships maintained by our banking executives with our customers.  The loss of services of one or more of these executives or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations and our business could suffer.  The experienced commercial lenders that we have hired are not a party to any employment agreement with us and they could terminate their employment with us at any time and for any reason.


 
21

 

Our growth and expansion strategy may not be successful. Our ability to grow depends upon our ability to attract new deposits, identify loan and investment opportunities and maintain adequate capital levels.  We may also grow through acquisitions of existing financial institutions or branches thereof.  There are no guarantees that our expansion strategies will be successful.  Also, in order to effectively manage our anticipated and/or actual loan growth we have and may continue to make additional investments in equipment and personnel, which also will increase our non-interest expense.  If we grow too quickly and are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, growth could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.

Our concentrations of loans in various categories may also increase the risk of credit losses. We currently invest more than 25% of our capital in various loan types and industry segments, including commercial real estate loans, marine loans and loans to the hospitality industry (hotels/motels).   While recent declines in the local commercial real estate market have not caused the collateral securing our loans to exceed acceptable loan to value ratios, a further deterioration in the commercial real estate market could cause deterioration in the collateral securing these loans and/or a decline in our customers’ earning capacity.  This could negatively impact us.  Although we have made a large portion of our hospitality loans to long term, well established operators in strategic locations, a continued decline in the occupancy rate in these facilities could negatively impact their earnings.  This could adversely impact their ability to repay their loan which would adversely impact our net income.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.   We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate for absorbing any potential losses in our loan portfolio.  Management, through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses.  Although we believe the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio, even under normal economic conditions, we cannot predict such losses with certainty.  The unprecedented volatility experienced in the financial and capital markets during the last two to three years makes this determination even more difficult as processes we use to estimate the allowance for loan losses may no longer be dependable because they rely on complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions that may not be accurate.  As a result, we cannot be sure that our allowance is or will be adequate in the future.  If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, our earnings will suffer.

As of December 31, 2010, commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate mortgage loans comprise approximately 95.66% of our loan portfolio.  These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate or consumer loans and typically have larger balances than residential real estate loans and consumer loans.  A deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans.  Such an increase could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Further, we do not have the experience with Maryland Bank & Trust’s loan portfolio that we have with Old Line Bank’s loan portfolio.  As a result, it may be more difficult for us to accurately provision for the portion of our loan portfolio, subsequent to the pending merger, that Maryland Bank & Trust originated.

Our profitability depends on interest rates and changes in monetary policy may impact us .   Our results of operations depend to a large extent on our “net interest income,” which is the difference between the interest expense incurred in connection with our interest bearing liabilities, such as interest on deposit accounts, and the interest income received from our interest earning assets, such as loans and investment securities.  Interest rates, because they are influenced by, among other things, expectations about future events, including the level of economic activity, federal monetary and fiscal policy, and geopolitical stability, are not predictable or controllable.  Additionally, competitive factors heavily influence the interest rates we can earn on our loan and investment portfolios and the interest rates we pay on our deposits.  Community banks are often at a competitive disadvantage in managing their cost of funds compared to the large regional, super regional or national banks that have access to the national and international capital markets.  These factors influence our ability to maintain a stable net interest margin.


 
22

 

We seek to maintain a neutral position in terms of the volume of assets and liabilities that mature or reprice during any period so that we may reasonably predict our net interest margin.  However, interest rate fluctuations, loan prepayments, loan production and deposit flows are constantly changing and influence our ability to maintain this neutral position.  Generally speaking, our earnings are more sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates the greater the variance in the volume of assets and liabilities that mature and reprice in any period.  The extent and duration of the sensitivity will depend on the cumulative variance over time, the velocity and direction of interest rates, and whether we are more asset than liability sensitive.  Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining this neutral position and, as a result, our net interest margin may suffer.

The market value of our investments could negatively impact stockholders’ equity.   We have designated approximately 60.32% of our investment securities portfolio (and 8.22% of total assets) at December 31, 2010 as available for sale.  We expect this figure to be 82.79% of our investment portfolio (and 14.22% of total assets) after the merger with Maryland Bankcorp, Inc.  We “mark to market” temporary unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available for sale portfolio and reflect this adjustment as a separate item in stockholders’ equity, net of taxes.  As of December 31, 2010, we had temporary unrealized gains in our available for sale portfolio of $272,956 (net of taxes).  As a result of the recent economic recession and the continued economic slowdown, several municipalities have reported budget deficits and companies have reported lower earnings.  These budget deficits and lower earnings could cause temporary and other than temporary impairment charges in our investment securities portfolio and cause us to report lower net income and a decline in stockholders’ equity.

Any future issuances of common stock in connection with acquisitions or otherwise could dilute your ownership of Old Line Bancshares.   We may use our common stock to acquire other companies or to make investments in banks and other complementary businesses in the future.  We may also issue common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital in connection with future acquisitions, to satisfy regulatory capital requirements or for general corporate purposes.  Any such stock issuances would dilute your ownership interest in Old Line Bancshares and may dilute the per share value of the common stock.
 
Our future acquisitions, if any,   may cause us to become more susceptible to adverse economic events.   While we currently have no plans to acquire additional financial institutions, we may do so in the future if an attractive acquisition opportunity arises that is consistent with our business plan.  Any future business acquisitions could be material to us, and the degree of success achieved in acquiring and   integrating these businesses into Old Line Bancshares could have a material effect on the value of our common stock.  In addition, any acquisition could require us to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt.  In those events, we could become more susceptible to future economic downturns and competitive pressures.
 
Additional capital may not be available when needed or required by regulatory authorities.   Federal and state regulatory authorities require us to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business or to finance future acquisitions, if any, or we may otherwise elect or our regulators may require that we raise additional capital, including in connection with the merger.  Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control.  Current conditions in the capital markets are such that traditional sources of capital may not be available to us on reasonable terms if we needed to raise additional capital.  Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms that are favorable or otherwise not dilutive to existing stockholders.  If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We face substantial competition which could adversely affect our growth and operating results.   We operate in a competitive market for financial services and face intense competition from other financial institutions both in making loans and in attracting deposits.  Many of these financial institutions have been in business for many years, are significantly larger, have established customer bases, have greater financial resources and lending limits than we do, and are able to offer certain services that we are not able to offer.  If we cannot attract deposits and make loans at a sufficient level, our operating results will suffer, as will our opportunities for growth.


 
23

 

We face limits on our ability to lend.   The amount of our capital limits the amount that we can loan to a single borrower.  Generally, under current law, we may lend up to 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus to any one borrower.  As of December 31, 2010, we were able to lend approximately $5.7 million to any one borrower.  This amount is significantly less than that of many of our competitors and may discourage potential borrowers who have credit needs in excess of our legal lending limit from doing business with us.  We generally try to accommodate larger loans by selling participations in those loans to other financial institutions, but this strategy is not always available.  We may not be able to attract or maintain customers seeking larger loans and we may not be able to sell participations in such loans on terms we consider favorable.

Item 1B.               Unresolved Staff Comments
 
Not applicable as we are not an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer.

Item 2.                   Properties

Our headquarters is located at 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Maryland in Prince George’s County.  Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC, an entity in which we have a $1.0 million investment and a 62.50% ownership interest owns this property.  Frank Lucente, a director of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Old Line Bank controls 12.50% of Pointer Ridge and controls the manager of Pointer Ridge.  On June 6, 2006, we executed leases for 2,557 square feet on the 1 st floor of the building for a new branch office, 5,449 square feet on the 3 rd floor and 11,053 square feet on the 4 th floor of this building.  The leases which commenced on July 1, 2006, are for thirteen years, with two, five-year renewal options.  The current basic monthly payment terms on the leases are for payments of $45,859 with 3% annual increases.  The basic monthly payments include our pro-rata share of taxes, insurances and common area maintenance on the building with any deficiencies incurred incorporated into the following year’s basic monthly payments.  We eliminate 62.50% of these lease payments in consolidation.

In 2004, we finalized our purchase of our then current full service banking branch and office facility located at 2995 Crain Highway in Waldorf, Maryland.  In July 2006, we moved our headquarters from this location to 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Maryland.  We have retained our branch office at 2995 Crain Highway.  Since 2007, we have leased the second floor of this building to a realtor.  This tenant vacated the property in March 2010.  We anticipate that if we complete the merger with Maryland Bankcorp that we will use this space for a loan production office and we have not attempted to lease it.

We maintain a branch operation at the Old Line Centre location, and have done so since 1989.  The lease, which commenced in August 1999, is for ten years with two, five year renewal options.  Payment terms on the lease are $5,066 monthly with 1.5% annual increases.  We pay our pro-rata share of common area maintenance, taxes and insurance on the building.  We have exercised the first five year renewal option.

We own our branch at 15808 Livingston Road in Accokeek, Maryland in Prince George’s County.
 
Our Clinton, Maryland, Prince George’s County branch, located at 7801 Old Branch Avenue, was opened in September 2002 in leased space.  The monthly lease payment on this facility is $2,766.  Exclusive of the monthly rent, we pay no utilities or other expenses associated with this facility.  The lease term is for a period of ten years, with three, five year renewal options.

Our loan production office in College Park, Prince George’s County, Maryland is located in leased space on the fourth floor of a four story building located at 9658 Baltimore Avenue.  The lease which commenced in August 2005 expires in February 2013.  Payment terms on the lease are $3,127 monthly, with 3% annual increases.  We also lease space for a branch on the first floor of this building.  This lease commenced in January 2008.  We pay lease payments of $5,464 monthly with 3% annual increases.  The term for this space is 10 years with two five year renewal terms.  We also pay our pro-rata share of taxes, insurance and common area maintenance associated with the building


 
24

 

We opened a branch in Crofton, Maryland in July, 2009.  We pay lease payments of $6,986 monthly with 2.5% annual increases plus our pro-rata share of operating expenses, taxes and insurance.  The lease term is for 10 full calendar years with automatic renewal for three additional terms of five years, unless we provide no less than 180 days notice.

In June 2007, we opened a branch in Greenbelt, Maryland.  Initially, we leased 2,700 square feet of space on the 1 st floor of an office building located at 6301 Ivy Lane, Greenbelt, Prince George’s County, Maryland.  The lease had a term of five years.  After providing nine months written notice and paying a termination fee, Old Line Bank had the option to terminate the lease after the 2 nd anniversary of the commencement date.  In January 2009, we notified the landlord of our intent to terminate this lease in August 2009, paid the termination fee of $33,909 and moved this branch to the new facility in the fourth quarter of 2009 as outlined below.

On January 31, 2007, we also entered into an agreement to lease approximately 33,000 square feet of ground area located at the southwest corner of the intersection of Kenilworth Avenue and Ivy Lane in Greenbelt, Prince George’s County, Maryland.  In 2009, we constructed a free standing bank building on the land.  The lease commenced in July 2009 and has an initial term of 30 years with two successive renewal periods of ten years.  We moved our 6301 Ivy Lane, Greenbelt, Maryland branch into this new facility in the fourth quarter of 2009 .   We pay $8,825 per month for this lease plus taxes, insurance and operating expenses.

In May 2008, we executed an agreement to lease 1,620 square feet of space in a store unit located at 167-U Jennifer Road, Annapolis, Maryland in Anne Arundel County.  In September 2008, we opened this branch.  The lease has an initial term of 5 years with one renewal option of five years.  The monthly installments of this lease are $5,442 with 3% annual increases.  We also pay taxes, insurance, utilities and our pro-rata share of common area maintenance.  On January 3, 2011, we reported that we planned to move this branch to the 1 st floor of an office building located at 2530 Riva Road, Annapolis, Maryland.  We are currently evaluating alternative uses for the facility located at Jennifer Road.

We own our 2,863 square foot Fairwood Office Park branch located at 12100 Annapolis Road, Glen Dale, Maryland in Prince George’s County.  We opened this branch in October 2009.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time, Old Line Bancshares, Inc. or Old Line Bank may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its normal course of business.  As of December 31, 2010, we did not have any material pending legal matters or litigation for Old Line Bank or Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

Item 4.  (Removed and Reserved)


 
25

 

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Prices

The table below shows the high and low sales information as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market.  The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commission, and may not represent actual transactions.

   
Sale Price Range
 
             
   
High
   
Low
 
             
2010
           
First Quarter
  $ 7.65     $ 6.20  
Second Quarter
    8.09       7.44  
Third Quarter
    8.99       7.02  
Fourth Quarter
    8.99       7.26  
                 
2009
               
First Quarter
  $ 6.60     $ 4.03  
Second Quarter
    6.98       5.21  
Third Quarter
    7.25       5.90  
Fourth Quarter
    6.77       6.00  

As of December 31, 2010, there were 3,891,705 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by approximately 242 stockholders of record.   There were 310,151 shares   of common stock issuable on the exercise of outstanding stock options, 281,740 of which were exercisable.  The remaining are exercisable as follows:

 
 Date Exercisable
 
# of Shares
 
       
January 22, 2011
    16,884  
May 7, 2011
    2,000  
December 31, 2011
    7,527  
May 7, 2012
    2,000  
Total
    28,411  

 
26

 

Dividends

We have paid the following dividends on our common stock during the years indicated:

 
   
2010
   
2009
 
March
  $ 0.03     $ 0.03  
June
    0.03       0.03  
September
    0.03       0.03  
December
    0.03       0.03  
Total
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12  

Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend on the ability of Old Line Bank to pay dividends to us.  Old Line Bank’s ability to continue paying dividends will depend on Old Line Bank’s compliance with certain dividend regulations imposed upon us by bank regulatory authorities.

  In addition, we will consider a number of other factors, including our income and financial condition, tax considerations, and general business conditions before deciding to pay additional dividends in the future.  We can provide no assurance that we will continue to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any of our securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.


 
27

 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
 
The following table summarizes Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s selected financial information and other financial data.  The selected balance sheet and statement of income data are derived from our audited financial statements.  You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.  Results for past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
   
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
Earnings and dividends:
                 
  Interest revenue
  $ 18,509     $ 17,096     $ 15,424  
  Interest expense
    4,943       5,580       5,910  
  Net interest income
    13,566       11,516       9,514  
  Provision for loan losses
    1,082       900       415  
  Non-interest revenue
    1,352       1,820       964  
  Non-interest expense
    11,409       9,257       7,373  
  Income taxes
    997       1,056       939  
  Net income
    1,430       2,123       1,751  
  Less:  Net income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest
    (73 )     87       (5 )
  Net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
    1,503       2,036       1,756  
  Net income available to common stockholders
    1,503       1,550       1,727  
                         
Per common share data
                       
  Basic earnings
  $ 0.39     $ 0.40     $ 0.44  
  Diluted earnings
    0.38       0.40       0.44  
  Dividends paid
    0.12       0.12       0.12  
Common stockholders book value, period end
    9.52       9.31       8.98  
Average common shares outstanding
                       
  Basic
    3,880,060       3,862,364       3,919,903  
  Diluted
    3,903,577       3,869,466       3,923,223  
Common shares outstanding, period end
    3,891,705       3,862,364       3,862,364  
                         
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
  Total assets
  $ 401,910     $ 357,219     $ 317,731  
  Total loans, less allowance for loan losses
    299,606       265,009       231,054  
  Total investment securities
    54,786       33,819       37,569  
  Total deposits
    340,527       286,348       231,431  
  Stockholders’ equity
    37,054       35,941       41,687  
                         
Performance Ratios:
                       
  Return on average assets
    0.38 %     0.60 %     0.64 %
  Return on average stockholders’ equity
    4.14 %     5,22 %     5.04 %
  Total ending equity to total ending assets
    9.22 %     10.06 %     13.12 %
  Net interest margin (1)
    3.86 %     3.77 %     3.80 %
  Dividend payout ratio for period
    31.0 %     22.7 %     26.8 %
                         
Asset Quality Ratios:
                       
  Allowance to period-end loans
    0.82 %     0.93 %     0.85 %
  Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.96 %     0.44 %     0.27 %
  Non-performing loans to allowance for loan losses
    109.81 %     63.93 %     42.88 %
                         
Capital Ratios:
                       
  Tier I risk-based capital
    11.6 %     12.8 %     16.6 %
  Total risk-based capital
    12.4 %     13.7 %     17.4 %
  Leverage capital ratio
    9.2 %     10.0 %     14.0 %
                         

(1)      See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operating-Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.”

 
28

 

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

Some of the matters discussed below include forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements often use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “project,” “contemplate,” “anticipate,” “forecast,” “intend” or other words of similar meaning.  You can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.  Our actual results and the actual outcome of our expectations and strategies could be different from those anticipated or estimated for the reasons discussed below and under the heading “Information Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

Overview

Old Line Bancshares was incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on April 11, 2003 to serve as the holding company of Old Line Bank.

Our primary business is to own all of the capital stock of Old Line Bank.  We also have an approximately $1.0 million investment in a real estate investment limited liability company named Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC (Pointer Ridge).  We own 62.50% of Pointer Ridge.  Frank Lucente, one of our directors and a director of Old Line Bank, controls 12.50% of Pointer Ridge and controls the manager of Pointer Ridge.  The purpose of Pointer Ridge is to acquire, own, hold for profit, sell, assign, transfer, operate, lease, develop, mortgage, refinance, pledge and otherwise deal with real property located at the intersection of Pointer Ridge Road and Route 301 in Bowie, Maryland.  Pointer Ridge owns a commercial office building containing approximately 40,000 square feet and leases this space to tenants.  We lease approximately 50% of this building for our main office and operate a branch of Old Line Bank from this address.

Summary of Recent Performance and Other Activities

In an economic climate that continues to present challenges for our industry, we are pleased to report significant strategic accomplishments during the year and continued profitability.  Net income available to common stockholders, after inclusion of $574,369 in merger and integration expenses, was $1.5 million or $0.39 per basic common share and $0.38 per diluted common share for the year ending December 31, 2010 which was comparable to the $1.6 million net income available to common stockholders that we reported for the year ending December 31, 2009.

The following events occurred during 2010:
 
 
·  
On September 1, 2010, we announced that we had executed a merger agreement that provided for the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp.   In January 2011, we received stockholder approval for this merger/acquisition and we have received all required regulatory approvals.  We anticipate that this merger will become effective April 1, 2011.
·  
During the year, we placed four loans on non-accrual status, foreclosed on two properties that secured non-accrual loans, sold a foreclosed property and recorded a gain on this sale of $192,724 and charged off one non-accrual loan.
·  
At December 31, 2010, we had three loans to three borrowers in non-accrual status with total balances due of $2.7 million (0.67% of total assets) compared to three borrowers with total balances due of $1.6 million (0.44% of total assets) at December 31, 2009. We ended the year with no loans other than non-accrual loans past due 30-89 days.
·  
At December 31, 2010, we had two properties in other real estate owned that we valued at $1.2 million compared to no other real estate owned at December 31, 2009.
·  
At December 31, 2010, total non-performing assets were $3.9 million or 0.96% of total assets compared to $1.6 million or 0.44% of total assets at December 31, 2009.
·  
We increased the provision for loan losses by $182,000 from $900,000 to $1.1 million.
·  
The loan portfolio grew $34.6 million or 13.06%.
·  
Total deposits grew $54.2 million or 18.92%.
 
 
 
29

 
 
 
·   We maintained liquidity and by all regulatory measures remained “well capitalized”.
·  
We recognized a loss on our investment in Pointer Ridge of approximately $121,000.
·  
Andre' J. Gingles was appointed to our Board of Directors.
·  
Our Greenbelt lending team that we hired in December 2009 was a significant contributor to our loan and deposit growth.

The following summarizes the highlights of our financial performance for the twelve month period ended
December 31, 2010 compared to the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009 (000’s):

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
                         
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1,503     $ 1,550     $ (47 )     (3.03 ) %
Interest revenue
    18,509       17,096       1,413       8.27  
Interest expense
    4,943       5,580       (637 )     (11.42 )
Net interest income after  provision for loan losses
    12,484       10,616       1,868       17.60  
Non-interest revenue
    1,352       1,820       (468 )     (25.71 )
Non-interest expense
    11,409       9,257       2,152       23.25  
Average total loans
    285,465       254,562       30,903       12.14  
Average interest earning assets
    355,590       308,416       47,174       15.30  
Average total interest bearing deposits
    263,007       221,651       41,356       18.66  
Average non-interest bearing deposits
    54,335       39,410       14,925       37.87  
Net Interest Margin (1)
    3.86 %     3.77 %                
Return on average equity
    4.14 %     5.22 %                
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.39     $ 0.40     $ (0.01 )     (2.50 %)
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.38       0.40       (0.02 )     (5.00 %)

(1) See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures”

Growth Strategy

We have based our strategic plan on the premise of enhancing stockholder value and growth through branching and operating profits.  Our short term goals include maintaining credit quality, creating an attractive branch network, expanding fee income, generating extensions of core banking services, using technology to maximize stockholder value and successfully integrating the operations of Maryland Bankcorp.

On September 1, 2010, we announced that we had executed a merger agreement that provides for the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, the parent company of Maryland Bank & Trust Company, N.A.  We anticipate that this acquisition will create the sixth largest independent commercial bank based in Maryland, with assets of more than $750 million and with 20 full service branches serving five counties.  During the third and fourth quarters, teams from both institutions have worked, and continue to work diligently to join the two organizations.  We plan to complete the merger on April 1, 2011.

In December 2009, we added a team of four experienced, highly skilled loan officers to our staff.  These officers have a combined 50 years of commercial banking experience and were employed by a large regional bank with offices in the suburban Maryland market prior to joining us.  These individuals have worked in our market area for many years, have worked together as a team for several years and have a history of successfully generating a high volume of commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans.

On July 1, 2009, we opened a branch at 1641 State Route 3 North, Crofton, Maryland in Anne Arundel County.  During July and August of 2009, we hired the staff for this location.  In October 2009, we opened our branch in the Fairwood Office Park located at 12100 Annapolis Road, Suite 1, Glen Dale, Maryland.  We hired the staff for this location during the third quarter of 2009.
 
 
 
30

 
 
Other Opportunities

We use the Internet and technology to augment our growth plans.  Currently, we offer our customers image technology, Internet banking with on-line account access and bill payer service. We provide selected commercial customers the ability to remotely capture their deposits and electronically transmit them to us.  In order to support our growth, provide improved management information capabilities and enhance the products and services we deliver to our customers, during the 1 st quarter of 2009, we began enhancing our core data processing systems.  We completed this process in April 2009.  We will continue to evaluate cost effective ways that technology can enhance our management, products and services.

We may take advantage of strategic opportunities presented to us via mergers occurring in our marketplace.  For example, we may purchase branches that other banks close or lease branch space from other banks or hire additional loan officers.  We also continually evaluate and consider opportunities with financial services companies or institutions with which we may become a strategic partner, merge or acquire.
 
Repayment of Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Investment

On July 15, 2009, we repurchased from the U.S. Treasury 7,000 shares of preferred stock that we issued to them in December 2008 under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program through the Troubled Asset Relief Program.  We paid the U.S. Treasury $7,058,333 to repurchase the preferred stock which reflects the liquidation value of the preferred stock and $58,333 of accrued but unpaid dividends.  We have also repurchased at a fair market value of $225,000 the warrant to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock

Although the current economic climate continues to present significant challenges for our industry, we have worked diligently towards our goal of becoming the premier community bank east of Washington D.C.  While it remains uncertain whether the economy will continue on its path towards recovery, economists anticipate that the economy may reach sustainable recovery during 2011.  We remain cautiously optimistic that we have identified any problem assets and our remaining borrowers will continue to stay current on their loans.  However, we also recognize that we are not immune to losses in our loan portfolio.  If the unemployment rate continues to remain high and real estate values decline further, we anticipate that even our strong borrowers may experience financial difficulties as they continue to cope with declining revenues, diminishing cash flows and depreciating collateral values in their businesses.
 
Now that we have announced the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, substantially completed our branch expansion, enhanced our data processing capabilities and expanded our commercial lending team, we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the opportunities that may become available in a healthy economy.

Until completion of the merger with Maryland Bankcorp, we anticipate that merger related expenses will cause lower than expected earnings.  We anticipate the merger will be accretive to earnings by the end of 2011.  We also expect that salaries and benefits expenses and other operating expenses will increase in 2011 following the merger with Maryland Bankcorp.  We anticipate that, over time, income generated from the branches opened in 2009 and our new loan officers, as well as the new branches and employees we will acquire as a result of the merger, will offset any corresponding increases in expenses.  We believe with our 10 branches, the addition of Maryland Bankcorp’s 10 branches and staff, our lending staff, our corporate infrastructure and our solid balance sheet and strong capital position, we can continue to focus our efforts on improving earnings per share and enhancing stockholder value.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income is the difference between income on interest earning assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets.  Earning assets are comprised primarily of loans, investments, and federal funds sold; interest bearing deposits and other borrowings make up the cost of funds.  Non-interest bearing deposits and capital are also funding sources.  Changes in the volume and mix of earning assets and funding sources along with changes in associated interest rates determine changes in net interest income.
 

 
31

 

2010 compared to 2009
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $12.5 million, which was $1.9 million or 17.92% greater than the 2009 level of $10.6 million.  As discussed below and outlined in detail in the Rate/Volume Analysis, these changes were the result of interest earning assets growing at a faster rate than interest-bearing liabilities.  A decline in interest rates on these interest earning assets partially offset this growth.  The interest rate on interest bearing deposits also declined at a faster rate than the rate on interest earning assets.
 
Changes in the federal funds rate and the prime rate affect the interest rates on interest earning assets, net interest income and net interest margin.  The prime interest rate, which is the rate offered on loans to borrowers with strong credit, began 2008 at 7.25% and decreased 400 basis points during the year.  During 2009 and 2010, the prime interest rate remained unchanged at 3.25% for the entire period.  The intended federal funds rate has also moved in a similar manner to the prime interest rate.  It began 2008 at 4.25% and decreased 400 basis points during the year.  During 2009 and 2010, the intended federal funds rate remained relatively constant at zero to 0.25% for the entire period.  These declines have caused the short and long term interest yield to decline dramatically during the past two years from prior periods.  As a result, when investments and loans matured during 2009 and 2010, they were invested in lower yielding securities and loans.
 
We offset the effect on net interest income caused by these declines in interest rates primarily by growing total average interest earning assets $47.2 million to $355.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $308.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The growth in average interest earning assets derived primarily from a $30.9 million increase in average total loans, an $11.2 million growth in average investment securities and a $2.8 million increase in average interest bearing deposits in other banks.  The growth in net interest income that derived from the increase in total average interest earning assets was partially offset by growth in average interest bearing deposits which grew $41.3 million to $263.0 million from $221.7 million.
 
One of our primary sources of funding loans, investments and interest bearing deposits is non-interest bearing demand deposits.  The growth of this lower cost funding base positively impacts our net interest margin.  Average non-interest bearing deposits grew $14.9 million or 37.82% to $54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Our net interest margin was 3.86% for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The increase in the net interest margin occurred because the cost of interest bearing deposits decreased 56 basis points from 2.05% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 to 1.49% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  A 4 basis point decline in the interest yield on borrowed funds also contributed to the improvement in the net interest margin.  The decrease in these interest yields during the comparable periods was primarily the result of decreases in interest rates offered on certain deposit products due to decreases in average market interest rates and decreases in renewal interest rates on maturing certificates of deposit.
 
With our new branches and increased recognition in the Prince George’s County and Anne Arundel County markets, and with continued growth in deposits, we anticipate that we will continue to grow earning assets during 2011.   We also anticipate that the merger with Maryland Bankcorp will positively impact our growth in earning assets.
If the Federal Reserve maintains the federal funds rate at current levels and the economy remains stable, we believe that we can continue to grow total loans and deposits in 2011.  We also believe that we will maintain or improve the net interest margin during 2011.   As a result of this growth and maintenance of the net interest margin, we expect that net interest income will increase during 2011, although there can be no guarantee that this will be the case.
 
As stated earlier, one of our primary sources of funding loans, investments and interest bearing deposits is non-interest bearing demand deposits.  The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts beginning July 21, 2011.  Although, we have not yet determined the ultimate impact of this legislation on our operations, we expect that interest costs associated with deposits to increase.

 
32

 
 
2009 compared to 2008
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $10.6 million, which was $1.5 million or 16.48% greater than the 2008 level of $9.1 million.  As discussed below and outlined in detail in the Rate/Volume Analysis, these changes were the result of interest earning assets growing at a faster rate than interest-bearing liabilities.  A decline in interest rates on these interest earning assets partially offset this growth.  The interest rate on interest bearing deposits also declined at a faster rate than the rate on interest earning assets.  Changes in the federal funds rate and the prime rate affect the interest rates on interest earning assets, net interest income and net interest margin.
 
 The prime interest rate, which is the rate offered on loans to borrowers with strong credit, began 2008 at 7.25% and decreased 200 basis points in the first quarter, 25 basis points in the second quarter, 175 basis points in the fourth quarter and at year end 2008 was 3.25%.  During 2009, the prime interest rate remained unchanged at 3.25% for the entire period.  The intended federal funds rate has also moved in a similar manner to the prime interest rate.  It began 2008 at 4.25% and decreased 200 basis points in the first quarter, 25 basis points in the second quarter and 175 to 200 basis points in the fourth quarter and ended the year of 2008 at zero to 0.25%.  During 2009, the intended federal funds rate remained at zero to 0.25% for the entire period.
 
We offset the effect on net interest income caused by these declines in interest rates primarily by growing total average interest earning assets $56.4 million to $308.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $252.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The growth in average interest earning assets derived primarily from a $37.1 million increase in average total loans, an $18.9 million growth in average investment securities and a $13.9 million increase in average interest bearing deposits in other banks.  The growth in net interest income that derived from the increase in total average interest earning assets was also offset by growth in average interest bearing deposits which grew to $221.7 million from $165.6 million.
 
Our net interest margin was 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 3.80% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decrease in the net interest margin is the result of several components.  The yield on average interest-earning assets declined during the period 57 basis points from 6.15% in 2008 to 5.58% in 2009.  This decrease was primarily because of the lower federal funds interest yield and the lower prime rate during the year.  As outlined above, we partially offset these rate reductions through growth in the loan portfolio.  As a result of this growth, there were a higher percentage of funds invested in higher yielding commercial and mortgage loans during the period.  The yield on borrowed funds increased 39 basis points during the period. The consolidation of Pointer Ridge’s assets, liabilities, and equity was the primary cause of the increase in the cost of borrowed funds.
 

 
33

 


The following table illustrates average balances of total interest earning assets and total interest bearing liabilities for the periods indicated, showing the average distribution of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity and related income, expense and corresponding weighted average yields and rates.  The average balances used in this table and other statistical data were calculated using average daily balances.
 
Average Balances, Interest and Yields
 Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
2010
         
2009
         
2008
 
    Average              
Average
               
Average
             
   
balance
   
Interest
   
Yield
 
balance
   
Interest
   
Yield
   
balance
   
Interest
   
Yield
 
 Assets:
                                                     
 Federal funds sol d(1)
  $ 2,720,879     $ 7,258       0.27 %   $ 458,457     $ 1,149       0.25 %   $ 13,342,150     $ 290,788       2.18 %
 Interest bearing deposits
    19,837,453       188,361       0.95       17,004,299       270,290       1.59       3,116,699       104,560       3.35  
Investment securitie s(1)(2)
                                                         
   U.S. Treasury
    -       -       -       187,658       7,647       4.07       2,072,573       73,061       3.53  
   U.S. government agency
    5,778,185       173,228       3.00       8,411,754       313,654       3.73       4,896,926       192,271       3.93  
   Mortgage backed securities
    39,179,963       1,399,979       3.57       24,642,044       1,059,386       4.30       7,799,475       356,398       4.57  
   Municipal securities
    2,351,798       117,062       4.98       2,540,562       126,752       4.99       2,875,141       140,893       4.90  
   Other
    2,621,530       70,976       2.71       2,886,213       72,150       2.50       2,124,236       92,723       4.37  
 Total investment securities
    49,931,476       1,761,245       3.53       38,668,231       1,579,589       4.08       19,768,351       855,346       4.33  
 Loans:(1)
                                                                       
   Commercial
    78,586,868       4,298,503       5.47       70,966,468       4,168,203       5.87       62,783,300       4,234,175       6.74  
   Mortgage
    192,748,540       11,638,569       6.04       168,196,382       10,346,433       6.15       137,944,563       9,109,972       6.60  
   Consumer
    14,129,643       775,337       5.49       15,399,539       856,562       5.56       16,821,749       896,398       5.33  
      Total loans
    285,465,051       16,712,409       5.85       254,562,389       15,371,198       6.04       217,549,612       14,240,545       6.55  
   Allowance for loan losses
    2,364,613       -               2,277,747       -               1,749,885       -          
 Total loans, net of allowance
    283,100,438       16,712,409       5.90       252,284,642       15,371,198       6.09       215,799,727       14,240,545       6.60  
 Total interest earning asset s(1)
    355,590,246       18,669,273       5.25       308,415,629       17,222,226       5.58       252,026,927       15,491,239       6.15  
 Non-interest bearing cash
    8,811,003                       7,104,387                       4,369,508                  
 Premises and equipment
    17,151,436                       14,548,001                       5,157,011                  
 Other assets
    12,470,229                       11,904,806                       11,107,525                  
 Total asset s(1)
  $ 394,022,914                     $ 341,972,823                     $ 272,660,971                  
Liabilities and
 Stockholders' Equity:
                                         
Interest bearing deposits
                                                         
   Savings
  $ 8,692,555       27,487       0.32     $ 6,853,343       25,602       0.37     $ 6,436,599       39,492       0.61  
   Money market and NOW
    54,820,016       480,613       0.88       33,931,390       171,476       0.51       34,046,098       321,164       0.94  
   Other time deposits
    199,494,261       3,412,238       1.71       180,866,687       4,356,021       2.41       125,113,791       4,740,952       3.79  
 Total interest bearing deposits
    263,006,832       3,920,338       1.49       221,651,420       4,553,099       2.05       165,596,488       5,101,608       3.08  
 Borrowed funds
    38,079,368       1,022,425       2.68       37,817,464       1,026,755       2.72       34,754,155       808,127       2.33  
 Total interest bearing liabilities
    301,086,200       4,942,763       1.64       259,468,884       5,579,854       2.15       200,350,643       5,909,735       2.95  
 Non-interest bearing deposits
    54,335,130                       39,410,471                       36,039,280                  
      355,421,330       4,942,763       1.39       298,879,355       5,579,854       1.87       236,389,923       5,909,735       2.50  
 Other liabilities
    1,632,031                       3,390,944                       1,450,813                  
 Non-controlling interest
    640,378                       692,144                       -                  
 Stockholders' equity
    36,329,175                       39,010,380                       34,820,235                  
 Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity
  $ 394,022,914                     $ 341,972,823                     $ 272,660,971                  
Net interest sprea d(1)
              3.61                       3.43                       3.20  
 Net interest incom e(1)
          $ 13,726,510       3.86 %           $ 11,642,372       3.77 %           $ 9,581,504       3.80 %
 
1)  
Interest revenue is presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis.  The FTE basis adjusts for the tax favored status of these types of assets.  Management believes providing this information on a FTE basis provides investors with a more accurate picture of our net interest spread and net interest income and we believe it to be the preferred industry measurement of these calculations.  See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.”
2)  
Available for sale investment securities are presented at amortized cost.

 
34

 

The following table describes the impact on our interest income and expense resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The change in interest income due to both volume and rate is reported with the rate variance.

Rate/Volume Variance Analysis

 
   
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
   
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
2010 compared to 2009
   
2009 compared to 2008
 
   
Variance due to:
   
Variance due to:
 
                                     
   
Total
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
Total
   
Rate
   
Volume
 
                                     
Interest earning assets:
                                   
    Federal funds sold (1)
  $ 6,109     $ 79     $ 6,030     $ (289,639 )   $ (138,510 )   $ (151,129 )
   Interest bearing deposits
    (81,929 )     (121,656 )     39,727       165,730       (80,912 )     246,642  
 Investment Securities (1)
                                               
   U.S. Treasury
    (7,647 )     -       (7,647 )     (65,414 )     9,878       (75,292 )
   U.S. government agency
    (140,426 )     (54,063 )     (86,363 )     121,383       (10,132 )     131,515  
   Mortgage backed securities
    340,593       (202,358 )     542,951       702,988       (22,306 )     725,294  
   Municipal securities
    (9,690 )     (293 )     (9,397 )     (14,141 )     2,512       (16,653 )
   Other
    (1,174 )     5,731       (6,905 )     (20,573 )     (47,347 )     26,774  
Loans:
                                               
   Commercial
    130,300       (298,525 )     428,825       (65,972 )     (582,060 )     516,088  
   Mortgage
    1,292,136       (193,487 )     1,485,623       1,236,461       (657,060 )     1,893,521  
   Consumer
    (81,225 )     (11,408 )     (69,817 )     (39,836 )     38,138       (77,974 )
      Total interest revenue (1)
    1,447,047       (875,980 )     2,323,027       1,730,987       (1,487,799 )     3,218,786  
                                                 
Interest bearing liabilities:
                                               
   Savings
    1,885       (4,315 )     6,200       (13,890 )     (16,305 )     2,415  
   Money market and NOW
    309,137       168,213       140,924       (149,688 )     (148,610 )     (1,078 )
   Other time deposits
    (943,783 )     (1,358,323 )     414,540       (384,931 )     (2,074,050 )     1,689,119  
   Borrowed funds
    (4,330 )     (11,410 )     7,080       218,628       143,283       75,345  
       Total interest expense
    (637,091 )     (1,205,835 )     568,744       (329,881 )     (2,095,682 )     1,765,801  
                                                 
Net interest income (1)
  $ 2,084,138     $ 329,855     $ 1,754,283     $ 2,060,868     $ 607,883     $ 1,452,985  
                                                 
 
1)  
Interest revenue is presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis.  Management believes providing this information on a FTE basis provides investors with a more accurate picture of our net interest spread and net interest income and we believe it to be the preferred industry measurement of these calculations.  See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.”
 
Provision for Loan Losses

Originating loans involves a degree of risk that credit losses will occur in varying amounts according to, among other factors, the type of loans being made, the credit worthiness of the borrowers over the term of the loans, the quality of the collateral for the loan, if any, as well as general economic conditions.  We charge the provision for loan losses to earnings to maintain the total allowance for loan losses at a level considered by management to represent its best estimate of the losses known and inherent in the portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate, based on, among other factors, prior loss experience, volume and type of lending conducted, estimated value of any underlying collateral, economic conditions (particularly as such conditions relate to Old Line Bank’s market area), regulatory guidance, peer statistics, management’s judgment, past due loans in the loan portfolio, loan charge off experience and concentrations of risk (if any).  We charge losses on loans against the allowance when we believe that collection of loan principal is unlikely.  We add back recoveries on loans previously charged to the allowance.
 
 
35

 

 
The provision for loan losses was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This represented a $182,000 or 20.22% increase as compared to $900,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. After completing the analysis outlined below, we increased the provision for loan losses primarily because we have seen a modest increase in our historical losses over prior periods and some of our borrowers continue to report weaker profitability.  As previously mentioned, while it remains uncertain whether the economy will continue on its path towards recovery, it appears the economy may reach a sustainable recovery during 2011 and we remain cautiously optimistic that our borrowers will continue to stay current on their loans.

At year end 2010, we had three loans totaling $2.7 million past due and classified as non-accrual.  We had no other loans past due between 30-89 days.   As outlined in the asset quality section of this report, we are currently working towards resolution with all of these borrowers.

The provision for loan losses was $900,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  This represented a $485,000 or 116.87% increase as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.  We increased the provision for loan losses because we believed that although our asset quality remained strong during 2009, the longer the weaknesses in the economy existed the more difficult it would become for even our strong borrowers to maintain profitability consistent with prior periods.

At year end 2009, we had $1.6 million in non-performing real estate loans.  We also had two loans totaling approximately $581,000 past due between 30-89 days.

We review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly.  Our review includes evaluation of impaired loans as required by ASC Topic 310- Receivables , and ASC Topic 450- Contingencies .  Also incorporated in determining the adequacy of the allowance is guidance contained in the SEC’s SAB No. 102, Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation; the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s Policy Statement on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Methodologies and Documentation for Banks and Savings Institutions and the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses provided by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, National Credit Union Administration and Office of Thrift Supervision.

We base the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses upon loan categories.  We categorize loans as installment and other consumer loans (other than boat loans), boat loans, mortgage loans (commercial real estate, residential real estate and real estate construction) and commercial loans.  We apply loss ratios to each category of loan.  We further divide commercial and commercial real estate loans by risk rating and apply loss ratios by risk rating, to determine estimated loss amounts.  We evaluate delinquent loans and loans for which management has knowledge about possible credit problems of the borrower or knowledge of problems with loan collateral separately and assign loss amounts based upon the evaluation.
 
 
We determine loss ratios for installment and other consumer loans (other than boat loans), boat loans and mortgage loans (commercial real estate, residential real estate and real estate construction) based upon a review of prior 18 months delinquency trends for the category, the three year loss ratio for the category, peer group loss ratios and industry standards.

With respect to commercial loans, management assigns a risk rating of one through eight to each loan at inception, with a risk rating of one having the least amount of risk and a risk rating of eight having the greatest amount of risk.  For commercial loans of less than $250,000, we may review the risk rating annually based on, among other things, the borrower’s financial condition, cash flow and ongoing financial viability; the collateral securing the loan; the borrower’s industry and payment history.  We review the risk rating for all commercial loans in excess of $250,000 at least annually.  We evaluate loans with a risk rating of five or greater separately and assign loss amounts based upon the evaluation.  For loans with risk ratings between one and four, we determine loss ratios based upon a review of prior 18 months delinquency trends, the three year loss ratio, peer group loss ratios and industry standards.
 
 
36

 
 

We also identify and make any necessary allocation adjustments for any specific concentrations of credit in a loan category that in management’s estimation increase the risk inherent in the category.  If necessary, we will also make an adjustment within one or more loan categories for economic considerations in our market area that may impact the quality of the loans in the category.  For all periods presented, there were no specific adjustments made for concentrations of credit.  As discussed above, for all periods presented we have adjusted our provision for loan losses in all segments of our portfolio as a result of economic considerations.  We consider qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with our existing portfolio to differ from historical loss experience.  These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

In the event that our review of the adequacy of the allowance results in any unallocated amounts, we reallocate such amounts to our loan categories based on the percentage that each category represents to total gross loans.  We have risk management practices designed to ensure timely identification of changes in loan risk profiles.  However, undetected losses inherently exist within the portfolio.  We believe that the allocation of the unallocated portion of the reserve in the manner described above is appropriate.  Although we may allocate specific portions of the allowance for specific credits or other factors, the entire allowance is available for any credit that we should charge off.  We will not create a separate valuation allowance unless we consider a loan impaired.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we charged $1.1 million to the allowance for loan losses.  This amount derived primarily from two loans.  The first loan was an unsecured facility in the amount of $137,151.  The borrower experienced health related problems that detrimentally impacted his business.  The second loan is a residential land acquisition and development loan.  During the third quarter of 2010, we received a deed in lieu of foreclosure on this property and an appraisal of the property indicated that the value was insufficient to repay the full principal balance and cost associated with the property.  Therefore, we recognized this impairment and charged $946,739 to the allowance for losses during the third quarter of 2010.  The remaining amount charged to the allowance for loan losses during 2010 consisted of small deficiencies related to various loans.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we charged off a loan in the amount of approximately $195,000 to the allowance for loan losses.  This charge-off was the result of one land developer who was unable to meet all of his financial obligations and advised us that he could no longer make any of his payments and there was no remaining value in the underlying collateral.  During the third quarter, we also repossessed a boat with a loan balance of approximately $100,000.  We charged $50,000 to the allowance for loan losses for anticipated losses on this repossession and recorded the remaining value of the boat in other assets.  We subsequently sold this boat with no material loss.

In July 2009, we charged an additional $150,000 to the allowance for loan losses for the deficiency balance due on a $700,000 loan that was in non-accrual status until December 2009.  In July 2009, we restructured the remaining $550,000 of the loan balance and the borrower began remitting monthly payments.  The borrower has submitted all payments since the restructure in a timely manner.  As a result, in 2009, we took this loan out of non-accrual status and we now classify it as an accrual loan.  The remaining $7,000 charged to the allowance for loan losses in 2009 and the total $18,440 in 2008 were comprised of various immaterial deficiencies on several loans.


 
37

 

Our policies require a review of assets on a regular basis, and we believe that we appropriately classify loans as well as other assets if warranted.  We believe that we use the best information available to make a determination with respect to the allowance for loan losses, recognizing that the determination is inherently subjective and that future adjustments may be necessary depending upon, among other factors, a change in economic conditions of specific borrowers or generally in the economy, and new information that becomes available to us.  However, there are no assurances that the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to absorb losses on non-performing assets, or that the allowance will be sufficient to cover losses on non-performing assets in the future.

The allowance for loan losses represents 0.82% of total loans at December 31, 2010, 0.93% at December 31, 2009, and 0.85% at December 31, 2008.  We have no exposure to foreign countries or foreign borrowers.  Based on our analysis and the satisfactory historical performance of the loan portfolio, we believe this allowance appropriately reflects the inherent risk of loss in our portfolio.
 
 
The following table represents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                   
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 2,481,716     $ 1,983,751     $ 1,586,737  
Provision for loan losses
    1,082,000       900,000       415,000  
                         
Chargeoffs:
                       
   Commercial
    (137,151 )     -       -  
   Mortgage
    (958,472 )     (344,825 )     -  
   Consumer
    (4,194 )     (57,210 )     (18,440 )
Total chargeoffs
    (1,099,817 )     (402,035 )     (18,440 )
Recoveries:
                       
   Mortgage
    3,650       -       -  
   Consumer
    927       -       454  
Total recoveries
    4,577       -       454  
Net (chargeoffs) recoveries
    (1,095,240 )     (402,035 )     (17,986 )
                         
Balance, end of period
  $ 2,468,476     $ 2,481,716     $ 1,983,751  
                         
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to:
                 
     Total gross loans
    0.82 %     0.93 %     0.85 %
     Non-accrual loans
    91.07 %     156.43 %     233.19 %
Ratio of net-chargeoffs during period to
                 
  average loans outstanding during period
    0.384 %     0.158 %     0.008 %
                         

 
38

 

The following table provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses:

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
 
 
December 31,
 
2010
         
2009
         
2008
       
   
Amount
   
% of Loans
in Each
Category
   
Amount
   
% of Loans
in Each
Category
   
Amount
   
% of Loans
in Each
Category
 
                                     
                                     
Consumer
  $ 8,433       0.48 %   $ 10,319       0.57 %   $ 13,391       0.50 %
Boat
    294,723       3.86       81,417       4.91       94,910       6.22  
Mortgage
    1,748,122       67.97       1,845,126       66.74       1,348,850       63.21  
Commercial
    417,198       27.69       544,854       27.78       526,600       30.07  
                                                 
Total
  $ 2,468,476       100.00 %   $ 2,481,716       100.00 %   $ 1,983,751       100.00 %
                                                 
 
Non-interest Revenue

2010 compared to 2009

Non-interest revenue declined $476,765 to $1.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 primarily because of a $286,653 decline in rent and other revenue from Pointer Ridge, a $158,551 decline in gain on sales of investment securities and a $175,490 decline in other fees and commissions.  During the twelve months ended 2009, Pointer Ridge produced $567,283 in rent and other revenue that is included in other fees and commissions.  Approximately $300,000 of that amount derived from a non-recurring lease termination fee.  During the same period in 2010, we received $280,630 in rental and other income from Pointer Ridge.  The absence of the lease termination fee in 2010 and the subsequent loss of additional tenants in the building owned by Pointer Ridge were the major causes of the decline in Pointer Ridge’s rent and other revenue.  In an effort to minimize call and prepayment risk and manage future interest rate risk, we elected to sell available for sale securities during 2009.  During 2010, we did not identify any compelling reasons to sell any investment securities.  Earnings on bank owned life insurance declined $39,331 as a result of a decline in the interest yield earned on the life insurance policies.  Other fees and commissions (excluding Pointer Ridge) declined $175,490 primarily because in 2010, we received $25,530 in rental income from the tenant who leased the second floor of our branch located at 301 Crain Highway, Waldorf, Maryland compared to $109,800 in 2009.  The tenant terminated his lease in March 2010.  As a result, rental income declined $84,270.  These declines were offset by a $192,724 gain on the sale of other real estate owned.  During the fourth quarter of 2010, we ratified the sale of property that we had acquired through foreclosure in March 2010.  At the time of foreclosure, we valued the property at $223,169 and we subsequently sold the property for $425,000 less approximately $10,000 in costs.

 Upon completion of the acquisition of Maryland Bank and Trust, we anticipate in 2011 that we will rent additional space from Pointer Ridge.  As a result, we expect that Pointer Ridge will have an increase in earnings in 2011 and operate at breakeven or a slight profit. We also anticipate that we will use the space available in our Crain Highway location.  Therefore, we will not receive rental income from this facility. We also believe that we will see an increase in service charges on deposit accounts and other fees and commissions as a result of growth in our existing customers, new customers originated by our current staff and new customers acquired as a result of the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp.

 
39

 
 
The following table outlines the changes in non-interest revenue for the twelve month periods.

Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 306,548     $ 307,012     $ (464 )     (0.15 ) %
Net gains on sales of investment securities
    -       158,551       (158,551 )     (100.00 )
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
    336,834       376,165       (39,331 )     (10.46 )
Pointer Ridge rent and other revenue
    280,630       567,283       (286,653 )     (50.53 )
Gain on other real estate owned
    192,724       -       192,724       100.00  
Other fees and commissions
    235,266       410,756       (175,490 )     (42.72 )
Total non-interest revenue
  $ 1,352,002     $ 1,819,767     $ (467,765 )     (25.70 ) %
 
2009 compared to 2008

Non-interest revenue totaled $1.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $855,835 or 88.79%.  Non-interest revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 included fee income from service charges on deposit accounts, gains on sales of investment securities, earnings on bank owned life insurance, income from our investment in real estate LLC (Pointer Ridge) and other fees and commissions. Although the number of customers increased, service charges on deposit accounts remained relatively stable because these customers used lower cost services.  In an effort to minimize call and prepayment risk and manage future interest rate risk, we elected to sell available for sale securities during 2009.  We recorded gains on these investments because the decline in market interest rates caused an increase in the securities’ value.  In 2008, we sold a security because it no longer met our investment guidelines.  The interest rates for these types of securities had increased which caused the security value to decline and we experienced a loss.  Other fees and commissions increased primarily because we issued a higher dollar value of letters of credit that caused letter of credit fees to increase.  We also had higher loan fees as a result of an increase in expired loan commitments and an increase in the number of loans that we settled during the year.

As previously outlined, in November 2008, we acquired an additional 12.50% membership interest in Pointer Ridge.  As a result of this purchase, our membership interest increased from 50.00% to 62.50%.  Consequently, we consolidated Pointer Ridge’s results of operations from the date of acquisition.  Prior to the date of acquisition, we accounted for our investment in Pointer Ridge using the equity method.  This consolidation caused Pointer Ridge rent and other revenue to increase during 2009.

The following table outlines the changes in non-interest revenue for the twelve month periods.

Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
                         
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 307,012     $ 311,268     $ (4,256 )     (1.37 ) %
Net gains on sales of investment securities
    158,551       (3,081 )     161,632       5246.09  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
    376,165       366,785       9,380       2.56  
Pointer Ridge rent and other revenue
    567,283       53,738       513,545       955.65  
Other fees and commissions
    410,756       235,222       175,534       74.62  
Total non-interest revenue
  $ 1,819,767     $ 963,932     $ 855,835       88.79 %

 
 
40

 

Non-interest Expense

  2010 compared to 2009

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 increased 23.25% or $2.2 million relative to the amount reported in 2009.  Salaries, employee benefits, occupancy, equipment, data processing expenses, and other operating expenses increased primarily because of increased operating expenses from the two branches that we opened in 2009 and the new lending team that we hired in December 2009.  Benefits also increased because of the increase in stock option and restricted stock awards granted in the first quarter of 2010.  The transfer of the ownership of other real estate owned from the borrowers’ name to ours and maintenance of these properties caused a $72,000 increase in other operating expenses. A $104,376 increase in director fees was also a primary contributor to the increase in other operating expenses.  Director fees increased because we increased the fees paid for participation in meetings and the retainer fee for directors in 2010. FDIC and State of Maryland assessments decreased $34,043 because there was no special assessment in 2010 while we paid a special assessment of approximately $149,000 in 2009.  This savings was offset by increased rates and higher deposit levels.  During the twelve month period, we incurred $574,369 in merger costs associated with the agreement to acquire Maryland Bankcorp for accounting, advisory, attorney, data processing and salaries.

The following chart outlines the changes in non-interest expenses for the period.

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
$
Change
   
%
Change
 
Salaries
  $ 4,681,679     $ 4,037,027     $ 644,652       15.97 %
Employee benefits
    1,284,993       1,012,014       272,979       26.97  
Occupancy
    1,296,088       1,085,768       210,320       19.37  
Equipment
    416,094       354,531       61,563       17.36  
Data processing
    452,675       340,870       111,805       32.80  
FDIC Insurance and State of Maryland assessments
    527,807       561,850       (34,043 )     (6.06 )
Pointer Ridge other operating
    413,484       405,868       7,616       1.88  
Merger Expense
    574,369       -       574,369       100.00  
Other operating
    1,762,316       1,458,953       303,363       20.79  
Total non-interest expenses
  $ 11,409,505     $ 9,256,881     $ 2,152,624       23.25 %
 
 
 For 2011 we anticipate non-interest expenses will increase as a result of the merger with Maryland Bankcorp.   We will incur increased rent expense related to the expansion of space in our headquarters building.  We expect that the number of branches that we operate will increase from 10 to 20 and that we will incur the increased operational expenses associated with these branches.  We will also incur increased data processing costs because of these new branches and the integration of our computer systems with Maryland Bankcorp’s and increased FDIC insurance premiums as a result of the increase in deposits.  We also anticipate that we will continue to incur legal, accounting and advisory fees associated with the merger of Maryland Bankcorp during 2011.


 
41

 

2009 compared to 2008

Non-interest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 increased 25.55% or $1.9 million relative to the amount reported in 2008.  Salaries, employee benefits, equipment, data processing expenses, and other operating expenses increased primarily because of increased operating expenses from the two branches that we opened in 2008, two additional branches opened in 2009 and the new lending team that we hired in December 2009.  As a result of the consolidation of Pointer Ridge, these increases and increases in occupancy expenses due to the new branches were partially offset by the elimination of $526,494 of rental expenses paid to Pointer Ridge.  Benefits also increased because of the increase in stock option expenses for options granted in the first quarter of 2009.  There were no options granted in 2008.  In April of 2009, we converted our core data processing system to a new service provider.  In addition to the impact from the new branches, the conversion also caused an increase in data processing costs.  Non-interest expenses also increased because of a $410,701 increase in FDIC insurance premiums and Maryland State assessments, inclusive of the approximately $149,000 special assessment.

The following chart outlines the changes in non-interest expenses for the period.

Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
$
Change
   
%
Change
 
                         
Salaries
  $ 4,037,027     $ 3,316,219     $ 720,808       21.74 %
Employee benefits
    1,012,014       923,666       88,348       9.56  
Occupancy
    1,085,768       1,124,838       (39,070 )     (3.47 )
Equipment
    354,531       313,133       41,398       13.22  
Data processing
    340,870       269,632       71,238       26.42  
FDIC Insurance and State of Maryland assessments
    561,850       151,149       410,701       271.72  
Pointer Ridge other operating
    405,868       24,414       381,454       1562.44  
Other operating
    1,458,953       1,249,727       209,226       16.74  
Total non-interest expenses
  $ 9,256,881     $ 7,372,778     $ 1,884,103       25.55 %
 
Income Taxes

2010 compared to 2009

Income tax expense was $996,750 (41.08% of pre-tax income) for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $1,055,522 (33.20% of pre-tax income) for the same period in 2009.  The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily due to certain merger expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes.

2009 compared to 2008

Income tax expense was $1,055,522 (33.20% of pre-tax income) for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $939,383 (34.91% of pre-tax income) for the same period in 2008.  The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily due to higher tax exempt interest income.

Net Income Available to Common Stockholders

2010 compared to 2009

Net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares decreased $533,486 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  Net income available to common stockholders for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2010 of $1.5 million remained comparable to the $1.6 million reported for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009.  Earnings per basic and diluted common share were $0.39 and $0.38, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and $0.40 for the same period in 2009.  The decrease in net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares was the result of a $467,765 decrease in non-interest revenue and a $2.2 million increase in non-interest expense.  This was partially offset by a $1.9 million increase in net interest income after provision for loan losses.  As a result of our repurchase during 2009 from the U.S.Treasury the 7,000 shares of preferred stock that we issued to them as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program, we eliminated the dividends associated with this stock and, as a result, net income available to common stockholders remained comparable for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
 
42

 

 
2009 compared to 2008

Net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares increased $280,032 or 15.95% for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009 to $2.0 million from $1.8 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2008.  After inclusion of the dividends and accretion on the preferred stock issued under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program in December 2008, net income available to common stockholders for the twelve month period was $1.6 million.  Earnings per basic and diluted common share were $0.40 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and $0.44 for the same period in 2008.  The increase in net income was the result of a $1.5 million increase in net interest income after provision for loan losses and an $855,835 increase in non-interest revenue.  This was partially offset by a $1.9 million increase in non-interest expense and a $116,139 increase in income taxes.  Earnings per share decreased on a basic and diluted basis because of dividends and accretion on the preferred stock.  This was partially offset by higher earnings and because we repurchased 217,085 shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2008 that caused the average number of common shares outstanding during 2009 to decline to 3,862,364 from 3,919,903 for the same period in 2008.

Analysis of Financial Condition

Investment Securities  

Our portfolio consists primarily of time deposits in other banks, investment grade securities including U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, U.S. government sponsored entity securities, securities issued by states, counties and municipalities, mortgage backed securities, and certain equity securities, including Federal Reserve Bank stock, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Maryland Financial Bank stock and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock.  We have prudently managed our investment portfolio to maintain liquidity and safety and we have never owned stock in Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or any of the more complex securities available in the market.  The portfolio provides a source of liquidity, collateral for borrowings as well as a means of diversifying our earning asset portfolio.  While we generally intend to hold the investment securities until maturity, we classify a significant portion of the investment securities as available for sale.  We account for investment securities so classified at fair value and report the unrealized appreciation and depreciation as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of income tax effects.  We account for investment securities classified in the held to maturity category at amortized cost.  Although we will occasionally sell a security, generally, we invest in securities for the yield they produce and not to profit from trading the securities.  There are no trading securities in the portfolio.

The investment securities at December 31, 2010 amounted to $54.9 million, an increase of $21.1million, or 62.43%, from the December 31, 2009 amount of $33.8 million.  Available for sale investment securities increased to $33.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $28.0 million at December 31, 2009.  The increase in the available for sale investment securities occurred primarily because we moved funds from time deposits in other banks in order to increase the yield on these investments while maintaining liquidity.  Held to maturity securities at December 31, 2010 increased to $21.7 million from the $5.8 million balance on December 31, 2009 because we had sufficient liquidity that when available for sale securities or time deposits matured we elected to categorize the newly purchased investments as held to maturity.  The fair value of available for sale securities included net unrealized gains of $450,758 at December 31, 2010 (reflected as unrealized gains of $272,956 in stockholders’ equity after deferred taxes) as compared to net unrealized gains of $609,165 ($368,880 net of taxes) as of December 31, 2009.   In general, the increase in fair value was the result of decreasing market rates.  We have evaluated securities with unrealized losses for an extended period of time and determined that these losses are temporary because, at this point in time, we expect to hold them until maturity.  We have no intent or plan to sell these securities, it is not likely that we will have to sell these securities and we have not identified any portion of the loss that is a result of credit deterioration in the issuer of the security.  As the maturity date moves closer and/or interest rates decline, the unrealized losses in the portfolio will decline or dissipate.

 
43

 
 
The investment securities at December 31, 2009 amounted to $33.8 million, a decrease of $3.8 million, or     10.11%, from the December 31, 2008 amount of $37.6 million.  Available for sale investment securities decreased to $28.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $29.6 million at December 31, 2008.  The decrease in the available for sale investment securities occurred primarily because we deployed these funds into loans or other interest bearing deposits.  Held to maturity securities at December 31, 2009 decreased to $5.8 million from the $8.0 million balance on December 31, 2008 because securities matured or were called during the period.  The fair value of available for sale securities included net unrealized gains of $609,165 at December 31, 2009 (reflected as unrealized gains of $368,880 in stockholders’ equity after deferred taxes) as compared to net unrealized gains of $648,356 ($392,611 net of taxes) as of December 31, 2008.   In general, the decrease in fair value was the result of increasing market rates.  We have evaluated securities with unrealized losses for an extended period of time and determined that these losses are temporary because, at this point in time, we expect to hold them until maturity.  We have no intent or plan to sell these securities, it is not likely that we will have to sell these securities and we have not identified any portion of the loss that is a result of credit deterioration in the issuer of the security.  As the maturity date moves closer and/or interest rates decline, the unrealized losses in the portfolio will decline or dissipate.


 
44

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the investment securities portfolio as of the periods indicated.  Available for sale securities are reported at estimated fair value; held to maturity securities are reported at amortized cost.

 
Investment Securities
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                   
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Available For Sale Securities
                 
 U.S. government agency
  $ 3,804     $ 7,291     $ 10,898  
Municipal securities
    1,327       2,275       2,443  
Mortgage backed
    27,919       18,447       16,225  
Total Available for Sale Securities
  $ 33,050     $ 28,013     $ 29,566  
                         
Held To Maturity Securities
                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ -     $ -     $ 500  
Municipal securities
    984       301       301  
Mortgage backed
    20,752       5,506       7,202  
Total Held to Maturity Securities
  $ 21,736     $ 5,807     $ 8,003  
                         
Equity securities
  $ 2,563     $ 2,958     $ 2,127  
 

 
45

 
 
The following table shows the maturities for the securities portfolio at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 

Fair Value, Amortized Cost and Weighted Average Yield
 
                                     
   
Available for Sale
         
Held to Maturity
       
December 31, 2010
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted
Average
Yield
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Maturing
                                   
Less than 3 months
  $ -     $ -    
 
    $ -     $ -        
Over 3 months through 1 year
    1,009,341       1,041,750       3.68 %     -       -    
 
 
Over one to five years
    1,992,780       2,078,874       3.81 %     302,084       305,385       3.40 %
Over five to ten years
    12,034,769       12,202,523       2.90 %     6,784,476       7,005,706       3.76 %
Over ten years
    17,562,147       17,726,648       3.65 %     14,649,909       14,654,490       3.15 %
    $ 32,599,037     $ 33,049,795             $ 21,736,469     $ 21,965,581          
                                                 
Pledged Securities
  $ -     $ -             $ -     $ -          

   
Available for Sale
         
Held to Maturity
       
December 31, 2009
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted
Average
Yield
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Maturing
                                   
Less than 3 months
  $ 250,039     $ 250,398       2.55 %   $ -     $ -        
Over 3 months through 1 year
    1,394,559       1,413,114       3.22 %     -       -    
 
 
Over one to five years
    4,440,360       4,621,900       4.00 %     99,927       100,210       3.50 %
Over five to ten years
    8,567,790       8,760,477       3.32 %     2,279,892       2,373,515       4.40 %
Over ten years
    12,751,035       12,967,059       4.16 %     3,426,688       3,603,040       4.78 %
    $ 27,403,783     $ 28,012,948             $ 5,806,507     $ 6,076,765          
                                                 
Pledged Securities
  $ -     $ -             $ -     $ -          
                                                 

Contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities are not reliable indicators of their expected life because mortgage borrowers have the right to prepay mortgages at any time.  Additionally, the issuer may call the callable agency securities listed above prior to the contractual maturity.


 
46

 

Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC

On November 17, 2008, we purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.50% membership interest in Pointer Ridge, a real estate investment limited liability company.  As a result of this purchase, our membership interest increased from 50.00% to 62.50%.  Consequently, we consolidated Pointer Ridge’s results of operations from the date of acquisition.  Prior to the date of acquisition, we accounted for our investment in Pointer Ridge using the equity method.  The following table summarizes the condensed Balance Sheets and Statements of Income for Pointer Ridge.

 
Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC
             
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Balance Sheets
                 
Current assets
  $ 758,257     $ 891,233     $ 540,105  
Non-current assets
    7,252,413       7,432,268       7,619,352  
Liabilities
    6,397,360       6,480,230       6,548,760  
Equity
    1,613,310       1,843,271       1,610,697  
                         
Statements of Income
                       
Revenue
  $ 822,920     $ 1,239,137     $ 1,014,136  
Expenses
    1,017,184       1,006,563       1,019,577  
Net income (loss)
  $ (194,264 )   $ 232,574     $ (5,441 )
                         

 
We purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.50% membership interest at the book value which was equivalent to the fair value.  Accordingly, we did not record any goodwill with this purchase.

We lease space for our headquarters office and branch location in the building owned by Pointer Ridge at 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Maryland.  We eliminate these lease payments in consolidation.  Frank Lucente, a director of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Old Line Bank, controls 12.50% of Pointer Ridge and controls the manager of Pointer Ridge.

Loan Portfolio

Loans secured by real estate or luxury boats comprise the majority of the loan portfolio.  Old Line Bank’s loan customers are generally located in the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area.  

The loan portfolio, net of allowance, unearned fees and origination costs, increased $34.6 million or 13.06% to $299.6 million at December 31, 2010 from $265.0 million at December 31, 2009.  Commercial business loans increased by $9.3 million (12.53%), commercial real estate loans increased by $29.5 million (23.79%), residential real estate loans (generally home equity and fixed rate home improvement loans) increased by $3.7 million (15.81%), real estate construction loans (primarily commercial real estate construction) decreased by $6.5 million (21.04%) and consumer loans decreased by $1.5 million (10.27%) from their respective balances at December 31, 2009.

The loan portfolio, net of allowance, unearned fees and origination costs, increased $33.9 million or 14.67% to $265.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $231.1 million at December 31, 2008.  Commercial business loans increased by $4.2 million (6.00%), commercial real estate loans increased by $13.2 million (11.91%), residential real estate loans (generally home equity and fixed rate home improvement loans) increased by $10.6 million (82.81%), real estate construction loans (primarily commercial real estate construction) increased by $7.5 million (32.05%) and consumer loans decreased by $1.0 million (6.41%) from their respective balances at December 31, 2008.


 
47

 

During 2010, we received scheduled loan payoffs on construction loans that negatively impacted our loan growth for the period.  In spite of these payoffs, we experienced a 13.06% growth in the loan portfolio.  We saw loan and deposit growth generated from our entire team of lenders, branch personnel and board of directors.  We anticipate the entire team will continue to focus their efforts on business development during 2011 and continue to grow the loan portfolio.  However, continued deterioration in the economic climate may cause slower loan growth.

The following table summarizes the composition of the loan portfolio by dollar amount and percentages:
 
Loan Portfolio
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
2010
         
2009
         
2008
       
                                     
Real Estate
                                   
   Commercial
  $ 153,527       50.91 %   $ 124,002       46.44 %   $ 110,826       47.63 %
   Construction
    24,378       8.08       30,872       11.56       23,422       10.07  
   Residential
    27,081       8.98       23,350       8.74       12,820       5.51  
Commercial
    83,523       27.69       74,175       27.78       69,961       30.07  
Consumer
    13,080       4.34       14,622       5.48       15,638       6.72  
      301,589       100.00 %     267,021       100.00 %     232,667       100.00 %
Allowance for loan losses
    (2,469 )             (2,481 )             (1,983 )        
Deferred loan costs, net
    486               469               370          
    $ 299,606             $ 265,009             $ 231,054          
                                                 
 
The following table presents the maturities or re-pricing periods of selected loans outstanding at December 31, 2010:

 
 
Loan Maturity Distribution at December 31, 2010
 
   
1 year or less
   
1-5 years
   
After 5 years
   
Total
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
             
Real Estate
                       
   Commercial
  $ 32,938     $ 111,257     $ 9,332     $ 153,527  
   Construction
    17,115       5,571       1,692       24,378  
   Residential
    22,087       4,178       816       27,081  
Commercial
    51,774       27,782       3,967       83,523  
Consumer
    1,001       820       11,259       13,080  
   Total Loans
  $ 124,915     $ 149,608     $ 27,066     $ 301,589  
                                 
Fixed Rates
  $ 23,438     $ 47,455     $ 25,374     $ 96,267  
Variable Rates
    101,477       102,153       1,692       205,322  
   Total Loans
  $ 124,915     $ 149,608     $ 27,066     $ 301,589  
                                 

 

 
48

 

Asset Quality

Management performs reviews of all delinquent loans and directs relationship officers to work with customers to resolve potential credit issues in a timely manner.

The following table outlines those construction loans that have an interest reserve included in the commitment amount and where advances on the loan currently pay the interest due.

Loans With Interest Paid From Loan Advances
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
   
# of
Borrowers
   
# of
Borrowers
 
                         
Hotels
    1     $ 979       1     $ 1,741  
Single family acquisition & development
    1       2,336       2       4,028  
      2     $ 3,315       3     $ 5,769  
                                 

 
At inception, the total loan and commitment amount were equivalent to an appraised 80% or less “as is” or “as developed” loan to value.  We continually monitor these loans and where appropriate have received new appraisals on these properties, additional collateral, a payment on the principal, or have downgraded the risk rating on the loan and increased our loan loss provision accordingly.  In certain cases, these loans have experienced a delay in the project either as a result of delays in receiving regulatory approvals or the borrower has elected to delay the project because the current economic climate has caused real estate values to decline.  Although payments on these loans are current, management monitors their performance closely.

At year end, with the exception of the three non-accrual loans, there were no loans 30-89 days past due, and all of our remaining loans were performing in accordance with contractual terms.  Management has identified an additional ten potential problem loans totaling $4.6 million.  Management has concerns either about the ability of these borrowers to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the borrower’s potential operating or financial difficulties or the underlying collateral has experienced a decline in value.  These weaknesses have caused management to heighten the attention given to these credits

Management generally classifies loans as non-accrual when it does not expect collection of full principal and interest under the original terms of the loan or payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due. Once we classify a loan as non-accrual we no longer accrue interest on such loan and reverse any interest previously accrued but not collected.  We will generally restore a non-accrual loan to accrual status when the borrower brings delinquent principal and interest payments current and we expect to collect future monthly principal and interest payments.  We recognize interest on non-accrual loans only when received.

As previously discussed in the provision for loan losses section of this report, at December 31, 2010, we had three loans totaling $2.7 million that were 90 days past due and were classified as non-accrual compared to three loans in the amount of 1.6 million at December 31, 2009 which were 90 days past due and were classified as non-accrual

 
49

 


 
The table below outlines the transfer of loans from and to non-accrual status for the nine month period:

   
# of
Borrowers
   
Loan
Balance
 
Beginning Balance
    3     $ 1,586  
Added to non-accrual
            3,585  
Charged-off
            (1,084 )
Transferred to other real estate owned
            (1,376 )
Ending balance non-accrual loans
    3     $ 2,711  
 
 
At December 31, 2010, we had three loans totaling $2.7 million past due and classified as non-accrual as compared to three loans totaling $1.6 million at December 31, 2009.  The first loan in the amount of $810,291 is the same loan that we previously reported in December 31, 2008 and 2009 and described below.  At December 31, 2010, we had obtained a “lift stay” on the property that secured the loan and were awaiting ratification of foreclosure.  We received this ratification in January 2011 and subsequent to year end transferred this property to other real estate owned.  At year end 2010, the non-accrued interest on this loan was $212,936.

The second loan, in the amount of $1,616,317, is a residential acquisition and development loan secured by real estate.  The borrower and the guarantor on this loan have filed bankruptcy.  We have received an appraisal that indicates the current value of the collateral that secures this loan is insufficient for repayment and are currently working towards obtaining a “lift stay” and foreclosure.  At December 31, 2010, we considered this loan impaired and had allocated $450,000 of the allowance for loan losses to this loan.  At December 31, 2010, the interest not accrued on this loan was $101,867.

The third loan is a luxury boat loan in the amount of $284,011.  The borrower on this loan has filed bankruptcy.  We anticipate that we will repossess the boat securing this loan.  At repossession, we will obtain a survey on the boat to determine its value.  Although we have not specifically allocated a reserve for this loan, we anticipate that we may have to charge off approximately $50,000 which we have included in our allowance for loan losses boat allocation.  At December 31, 2010, the interest not accrued on this loan was $3,728.

As previously discussed in the provision for loan losses section of this report, at December 31, 2009, we had three loans totaling $1.6 million that were 90 days past due and classified as non-accrual compared to one loan in the amount of $850,675 at December 31, 2008.

During the first quarter of 2008, the borrower on the first non-accrual loan that has a balance of $810,291 began remitting payments and advised us that the borrower planned to make all past due interest and principal current prior to June 30, 2009. Through October 2008, the borrower remitted regular payments plus a portion of the arrearage.  In November 2008, the borrower requested a revision to this repayment schedule with full repayment of all past due amounts to occur by May 2010.  In October 2009, the borrower re-entered bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  A commercial real estate property secures this loan.  The loan to value at inception of this loan was 80% and an appraisal received in 2010 indicates that the current loan to value is less than 80%.  As discussed above, we received ratification of foreclosure on the property that secures this loan in January 2011 and subsequent to year end transferred this property to other real estate owned.

The second loan on December 31, 2009, was in the amount of approximately $223,000.  In March 2010, we foreclosed on the property that secured this loan and transferred the value of the property from non-accrual loans to other real estate owned.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold this property and recorded a gain on the sale of $192,724.

At December 31, 2009, the third loan in the amount of $553,039 was a land development loan secured by real estate.  The borrower on this loan filed bankruptcy.  A recent appraisal of the property securing this loan indicates that the value of the collateral is sufficient to provide repayment.  We received a deed in lieu of foreclosure on this property and during 2010 transferred the value of this property from non-accrual loans to other real estate owned.  We have executed a contract for sale on the property the proceeds of which, if consummated, will repay the majority of the amount due.  The purchaser is currently conducting a feasibility study on the property.  If the purchaser does not encounter any difficulties during the feasibility study period, we anticipate that we will complete the sale of this property during the 2 nd or 3 rd quarter of 2011.
 
 
 
50

 

 
In March 2009, we reported that the borrower on an approximately $700,000 residential real estate mortgage filed bankruptcy.  After receipt of an appraisal on this property, we have restructured this loan.  In July 2009, we charged $150,000 of the previously reported $175,000 allocated allowance to the allowance for loan losses.  The borrower has reaffirmed $550,000 of the debt and began remitting payments.  We returned this loan to accrual status in December 2009 after six months of satisfactory repayment history.

As discussed in the provision for loan losses section of this report, during the third quarter of 2010 we charged $137,151 to the allowance for loan losses for an unsecured credit facility in the amount of $137,151 that we previously classified as non-accrual.

 As of December 31, 2010, we owned two properties totaling $1.2 million as a result of foreclosure.  As outlined above, we value one property at $553,169.

The second property originally secured a residential land acquisition and development loan with a balance of $1,546,739.  In the third quarter of 2010, we received a deed in lieu of foreclosure on this property.  A recent appraisal indicated the value of the property was insufficient to repay the full principal balance and cost associated with selling the property.  Therefore, we recognized this impairment and charged $946,739 to the allowance for loan losses in the third quarter and report the current value of $600,000 in other real estate owned.

On December 31, 2009 and 2008, we held no other real estate owned.

We classify any property acquired as a result of foreclosure on a mortgage loan as foreclosed real estate and record it at the lower of the unpaid principal balance or fair value at the date of acquisition and subsequently carry the loan at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  We charge any required write down of the loan to its net realizable value against the allowance for loan losses at the time of foreclosure.  We charge to expense any subsequent adjustments to net realizable value.  Upon foreclosure, Old Line Bank generally requires an appraisal of the property and, thereafter, appraisals of the property on at least an annual basis and external inspections on at least a quarterly basis.

As required by ASC Topic 310- Receivables and ASC Topic 450- Contingencies , we measure all impaired loans, which consist of all modified loans and other loans for which collection of all contractual principal and interest is not probable, based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize impairment through a valuation allowance and corresponding provision for loan losses.  Old Line Bank considers consumer loans as homogenous loans and thus does not apply the impairment test to these loans.  We write off impaired loans when collection of the loan is doubtful.

As of December 31, 2010, we had one impaired loan in the amount of $1.6 million for which we had allocated a specific reserve of $450,000 and we had one restructured loan.  We also had eight loans totaling $4.3 million that we individually evaluated for impairment.  We determined that these loans were not impaired and we have not allocated a specific reserve for these loans.  At December 31, 2009, we had one restructured loan and we had two loans totaling $2.0 million that we had individually evaluated for impairment and had allocated a specific reserve of $750,000.  We also had ten loans totaling $5.8 million that we had individually evaluated for impairment.  We determined that there was no impairment and did not allocate a specific reserve for these loans.  Any future decline in the economy may adversely affect our asset quality.


 
51

 

The table below presents a breakdown of the non-performing loans and accruing past due loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


 
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
# of Borrowers
   
Account Balance
 
Interest Not Accrued
   
# of Borrowers
   
Account Balance
   
Interest Not Accrued
 
Real Estate
                                   
   Commercial
    2     $ 2,427     $ 315       3     $ 1,586     $ 191  
   Construction
            -       -               -       -  
   Residential
            -       -               -       -  
Commercial
            -       -               -       -  
Consumer
    1       284       4               -       -  
Other real estate owned
    2       1,153       -               -       -  
Total non-performing assets
    5     $ 3,864     $ 319       3     $ 1,586     $ 191  
                                                 
Non-performing assets as
 a percentage of total assets
      0.96 %                     0.44 %        
Non-performing loans as a
 percentage of total gross loans
      0.90 %                     0.59 %        
                                                 
                                                 
Accruing past due loans:
                                               
   30-89 days past due
          $ -               2     $ 581          
   90 or more days past due
            -                       -          
Total accruing past due loans
          $ -               2     $ 581          
                                                 
Ratio of accruing past due
 loans to total loans:
                         
   30-89 days past due
            - %                     0.22 %        
90 or more days past due
      -                       -          
Total accruing past due loans
      - %                     0.22 %        
                                                 
 
Bank owned life insurance

In June 2005, we purchased $3.3 million of BOLI on the lives of our executive officers, Messrs. Cornelsen and Burnett and Ms. Rush.  With a new $4 million investment made in February 2007, we increased the insurance on Messrs. Cornelsen and Burnett and expanded the coverage of the insurance policies to insure the lives of several other officers of Old Line Bank, including Sandi F. Burnett.  We anticipate the earnings on these policies will partially offset our employee benefit expenses as well as our obligations under our Salary Continuation Agreements and Supplemental Life Insurance Agreements that we entered into with our executive officers in January 2006.  The cash surrender value of the insurance policies increased by $280,296 during 2010 as a result of earnings net of cost on these policies.  There are no post retirement death benefits associated with the BOLI policies.
 
 
52

 

 
On January 3, 2006, Old Line Bank entered into Salary Continuation Agreements and Supplemental Life Insurance Agreements with Mr. Cornelsen, Mr. Burnett and Ms. Rush and started accruing for the related post retirement benefits.  Under these agreements, benefits accrue over time from the date of the agreement until the executive reaches the age of 65. Upon full vesting of the benefit, the executives will be paid the following annual amounts for 15 years: Mr. Cornelsen $77,773; Mr. Burnett $24,651; Ms. Burnett $66,310; and Ms. Rush $77,773. Mr. Burnett will receive an additional $5,895 per year if he continues his employment with us until he reaches age 68.  Under the Supplemental Life Insurance Agreements, Old Line Bank is obligated to cause the payment of death benefits to the executives’ designated beneficiaries in the following amounts: Mr. Cornelsen $1.4 million; Mr. Burnett $746,705; Ms. Burnett $322,413; Ms. Rush $779,152; and we have aggregate insurance on all other officers of $2.0 million.  Old Line Bank has funded these obligations through the BOLI outlined above.  There is no obligation to provide any of the insured executives’ beneficiaries post retirement benefits from the BOLI.

Deposits

  We seek deposits within our market area by paying competitive interest rates, offering high quality customer service and using technology to deliver deposit services effectively.

At December 31, 2010, the deposit portfolio had grown to $340.5 million, a $54.2 million or an 18.93% increase over the December 31, 2009 level of $286.3 million.  Non-interest bearing deposits increased $26.6 million during the period to $67.5 million from $40.9 million primarily due to the establishment of new customer demand deposit accounts and expansion of existing demand deposit accounts.  Interest bearing deposits grew $27.5 million to $273.0 million from $245.5 million.  Approximately $27.5 million of the increase was in money market accounts and $1.9 million was in savings accounts.  These increases were offset by a $1.9 million decrease in certificates of deposit.  The growth in these categories was the result of expansion of existing customer relationships, the new money market accounts provided through Promontory Interfinancial Network discussed below and new customers.

At December 31, 2009, the deposit portfolio had grown to $286.3 million, a $54.9 million or 23.73% increase over the December 31, 2008 level of $231.4 million.  Non-interest bearing deposits increased $1.0 million during the period to $40.9 million from $39.9 million primarily due to the establishment of new customer demand deposit accounts and expansion of existing demand deposit accounts.  Interest bearing deposits grew $53.9 million to $245.5 million from $191.6 million.  Approximately $40.3 million of the increase in interest bearing deposits was in certificates of deposit, $11.5 million was in money market accounts and $2.1 million was in savings accounts.  The growth in these categories was the result of expansion of existing customer relationships and new customers.  Although we offer competitive interest rates on our interest bearing deposits, we believe that our growth in these deposits is a result of the customers’ desire to bank with a quality institution versus high rates.

We acquire brokered certificate of deposits through the Promontory Interfinancial Network (Promontory).  Through this deposit matching network and its certificate of deposit account registry service (CDARS) and money market account service, we have the ability to offer our customers access to FDIC insured deposit products in aggregate amounts exceeding current insurance limits.  When we place funds through Promontory on behalf of a customer, we receive matching deposits through the network’s reciprocal deposit program.  We can also place deposits through this network without receiving matching deposits.  At December 31, 2010, we had $21.1 million in CDARS and $5.7 million in money market accounts through Promontory’s reciprocal deposit program compared to $31.8 million and $0, respectively, at December 31, 2009.  At December 31, 2010, we had received $31.8 million in deposits through the Promontory network that were not reciprocal deposits.  We had no other brokered certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.  We expect that we will continue to use brokered deposits as an element of our funding strategy when required to maintain an acceptable loan to deposit ratio.


 
53

 

The following is a summary of the maturity distribution of certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2010.

 
   
Certificate of Deposit Maturity Distribution
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
   
Three Months or
Less
   
Three Months
to
Twelve
Months
   
Over
Twelve
Months
   
Total
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Certificates of deposit
                       
   Less than $100,000
  $ 52,000     $ 44,722     $ 28,228     $ 124,950  
   Greater than or equal to $100,000
    7,636       26,844       33,100       67,580  
Total
  $ 59,636     $ 71,566     $ 61,328     $ 192,530  

 
Borrowings

Old Line Bancshares has available a $3 million unsecured line of credit.  Old Line Bank has available lines of credit, including overnight federal funds and repurchase agreements from its correspondent banks totaling $29.5 million as of December 31, 2010.  Old Line Bank has an additional secured line of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) of $120.9 million at December 31, 2010.  As a condition of obtaining the line of credit from the FHLB, the FHLB requires that Old Line Bank purchase shares of capital stock in the FHLB.  Prior to allowing Old Line Bank to borrow under the line of credit, the FHLB also requires that Old Line Bank provide collateral to support borrowings.  Therefore, we have provided collateral to support up to $60.9 million of borrowings.  Of this, we had borrowed $10 million at December 31, 2010.  We may increase availability by providing additional collateral.

Short term borrowings consisted of short term promissory notes issued to Old Line Bank’s customers, federal funds purchased and advances from the FHLB.  Old Line Bank has an enhancement to the basic non-interest bearing demand deposit account for its commercial clients. This service electronically sweeps excess funds from the customer’s account into an interest bearing Master Note with Old Line Bank.  These Master Notes re-price daily and have maturities of 270 days or less.  At December 31, 2010, Old Line Bank had $5.7 million outstanding in these short term promissory notes with an average interest rate of 0.50%.  At December 31, 2009, Old Line Bank had $11.1 million outstanding with an average interest rate of 0.50%.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, Old Line Bank did not have any borrowings in overnight federal funds with the FHLB or any other short term borrowings.

At December 31, 2010, Old Line Bank had two advances in the amount of $5 million each, from the FHLB totaling $10 million.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, Old Line Bank had three advances in the amount of $5.0 million each, from the FHLB totaling $15.0 million.

On November 24, 2007, Old Line Bank borrowed $5.0 million with an interest rate of 3.66%.  Interest was due on the 23 rd day of each February, May, August and November, commencing on February 23, 2008.  On November 23, 2008, or any interest payment date thereafter, the FHLB had the option to convert the interest rate on this advance from a fixed rate to a three (3) month London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) based variable rate.  Old Line Bank paid this advance in full on November 23, 2010.

On December 12, 2007, Old Line Bank borrowed another $5.0 million from the FHLB.  The interest rate on this advance is 3.3575% and interest is payable on the 12 th day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 12, 2008.  On December 12, 2008, or any interest payment date thereafter, the FHLB has the option to convert the interest rate on this advance to a fixed rate based on the three (3) month LIBOR.  The maturity date on this advance is December 12, 2012.



 
54

 

On December 19, 2007, Old Line Bank borrowed an additional $5.0 million from the FHLB.  The interest rate on this borrowing is 3.119% and is payable on the 19 th day of each month.  On January 22, 2008 or any interest payment date thereafter, the FHLB has the option to convert the interest rate on this advance from a fixed rate to a one (1) month LIBOR based variable rate.  This borrowing matures on December 19, 2012.

As outlined previously, as a result of increasing our membership interest in Pointer Ridge to 62.50%, we have consolidated their results of operation from the date of acquisition.  Prior to the date of acquisition, we accounted for our investment in Pointer Ridge using the equity method.  On August 25, 2006, Pointer Ridge entered into an Amended and Restated Promissory Note in the principal amount of $6.6 million.  This loan accrues interest at a rate of 6.28% through September 5, 2016.  After September 5, 2016, the rate adjusts to the greater of (i) 6.28% plus 200 basis points or (ii) the Treasury Rate (as defined in the Amended Promissory Note) plus 200 basis points.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, Pointer Ridge had borrowed $6.4 million and $6.5 million, respectively, under the Amended Promissory Note.  We have guaranteed to the lender payment of up to 62.50% of the loan payment plus any costs the lender incurs resulting from any omissions or alleged acts or omissions by Pointer Ridge arising out of or relating to misapplication or misappropriation of money, rents received after an event of default, waste or damage to the property, failure to maintain insurance, fraud or material misrepresentation, filing of bankruptcy or Pointer Ridge’s failure to maintain its status as a single purpose entity.

For additional information about our borrowings, see Notes 10 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Liquidity

Our overall asset/liability strategy takes into account our need to maintain adequate liquidity to fund asset growth and deposit runoff.  Our management monitors the liquidity position daily in conjunction with Federal Reserve guidelines.  We have unsecured and secured credit lines available from several correspondent banks totaling $32.5 million.  Additionally, we may borrow funds from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond.  We can use these credit facilities in conjunction with the normal deposit strategies, which include pricing changes to increase deposits as necessary.  We can also sell or pledge investment securities to create additional liquidity.  From time to time we may sell or participate out loans to create additional liquidity as required.  Additional sources of liquidity include funds held in time deposits and cash from the investment and loan portfolios.

Our immediate sources of liquidity are cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and time deposits in other banks.  On December 31, 2010, we had $14.3 million in cash and due from banks, $109,170 in interest bearing accounts with other banks, $180,536 in federal funds sold and $297,000 in time deposits in other banks.  As of December 31, 2009, we had $7.4 million in cash and due from banks, $4.0 million in interest bearing accounts with other banks, $81,138 in federal funds sold and overnight investments and $15.0 million in time deposits in other banks.

Old Line Bank has sufficient liquidity to meet its loan commitments as well as fluctuations in deposits.  We usually retain maturing certificates of deposit as we offer competitive rates on certificates of deposit.  Management is not aware of any demands, trends, commitments, or events that would result in Old Line Bank’s inability to meet anticipated or unexpected liquidity needs.

During the recent period of turmoil in the financial markets, some institutions experienced large deposit withdrawals that caused liquidity problems.  We did not have any significant withdrawals of deposits or any liquidity issues.  Although we plan for various liquidity scenarios, if turmoil in the financial markets occurs and our depositors lose confidence in us, we could experience liquidity issues.

Capital

Our stockholders’ equity amounted to $37.7 million at December 31, 2010 and $36.6 million at December 31, 2009.  We are considered “well capitalized” under the risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve.  Stockholders’ equity increased during the twelve month period primarily because of net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares, Inc. of $1.5 million, $53,829 in proceeds received for stock options issued and the $118,127 adjustment for stock based compensation awards.  These items were partially offset by the $465,842 dividend paid to common stockholders.  By all regulatory measures, we remain well capitalized.
 
 
 
55

 

 
The following table shows Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s regulatory capital ratios and the minimum capital ratios currently required by its banking regulator to be “well capitalized.”  For a discussion of these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy Guidelines.”
 
Risk Based Capital Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
                     
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
                     
Tier 1 Capital
                   
   Preferred and common stock
  $ 39     $ 39     $ 7,043    
   Additional paid-in capital
    29,207       29,034       28,839    
   Retained earnings
    7,535       6,498       5,412    
   Less: disallowed assets
    -       -       -    
Total Tier 1 Capital
    36,781       35,571       41,294    
                           
Tier 2 Capital:
                         
   Allowance for loan losses
    2,468       2,482       1,984    
Total Risk Based Capital
  $ 39,249     $ 38,053     $ 43,278    
                           
Risk weighted assets
  $ 317,029     $ 277,989     $ 248,555    
                           
                         
Regulatory
Minimum
Capital Ratios:
                         
   Tier 1 risk based capital ratio
    11.6 %     12.8 %     16.6 %
4.00%
   Total risk based capital ratio
    12.4 %     13.7 %     17.4 %
8.00%
   Leverage ratio
    9.2 %     10.0 %     14.0 %
4.00%
                           


 
56

 

Return on Average Assets and Average Equity
 
The ratio of net income to average equity and average assets and certain other ratios are as follows:
 

   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                   
Average total assets
  $ 394,022     $ 341,973     $ 272,661  
                         
Average equity
    36,329       39,010       34,820  
                         
Net income attributable to Old
 Line Bancshares, Inc.
     1,503        2,036        1,756  
                         
Cash dividends declared-common
 stock
     466        463        470  
                         
Dividend payout ratio for period
    31.00 %     22.74 %     26.77 %
                         
Return on average assets
    0.38 %     0.60 %     0.64 %
                         
Return on average equity
    4.14 %     5.22 %     5.04 %
                         
Average stockholders’ equity to
                       
 average total assets
    9.22 %     11.41 %     12.77 %



 
57

 


Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

We are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business.  These financial instruments primarily include commitments to extend credit, lines of credit and standby letters of credit.  We use these financial instruments to meet the financing needs of our customers.  These financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk.  These do not represent unusual risks and management does not anticipate any losses which would have a material effect on Old Line Bancshares, Inc.  We also have operating lease obligations.

Outstanding loan commitments and lines and letters of credit at December 31 of 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                   
Commitments to extend credit and available credit lines:
       
   Commercial
  $ 34,485     $ 21,153     $ 23,074  
   Construction
    11,512       14,573       21,981  
   Consumer
    7,256       9,015       6,379  
 
  $ 53,253     $ 44,741     $ 51,434  
                         
 Standby letters of credit
  $ 7,901     $ 3,883     $ 1,583  
                         
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  We generally require collateral to support financial instruments with credit risk on the same basis as we do for balance sheet instruments. Management generally bases the collateral required on the credit evaluation of the counter party. Commitments generally have interest rates fixed at current market rates, expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Available credit lines represent the unused portion of lines of credit previously extended and available to the customer so long as there is no violation of any contractual condition.  These lines generally have variable interest rates.  Since we expect many of the commitments to expire without being drawn upon, and since it is unlikely that customers will draw upon their lines of credit in full at any time, the total commitment amount or line of credit amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case by case basis. During periods of economic turmoil, we reevaluate many of our commitments to extend credit.  Because we conservatively underwrite these facilities at inception, we generally do not have to withdraw any commitments.  We are not aware of any loss that we would incur by funding our commitments or lines of credit.

Commitments for real estate development and construction, which totaled $11.5 million, or 21.58% of the $53.3 million, are generally short term and turn over rapidly, with principal repayment from permanent financing arrangements upon completion of construction or from sales of the properties financed.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the customer is the contract amount of the commitment.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  In general, we make loan commitments, credit lines and letters of credit on the same terms, including with respect to collateral, as outstanding loans.  We evaluate each customer's credit-worthiness and the collateral required on a case-by-case basis.

 
58

 

We have various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments.  The following table presents, as of December 31, 2010, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                               
   
Within
one year
   
One to
three years
   
Three to
five years
   
Over
five years
   
Total
 
                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
  $ 67,495     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 67,495  
Interest bearing deposits
    208,971       55,680       8,816       -       273,467  
Short term borrowings
    5,669       -       -       -       5,669  
Long term borrowings
    89       10,195       221       5,867       16,372  
Purchase obligations
    1,637,349       1,263,715       416,431       -       3,317,495  
Operating leases
    665       1,271       1,073       8,720       11,729  
     Total
  $ 1,920,238     $ 1,330,861     $ 426,541     $ 14,587     $ 3,692,227  
 
Our operating lease obligations represent rental payments for seven branches, a loan production office and our main office.  We lease our main office and our Bowie branch location from Pointer Ridge.  We have excluded 62.50% of these lease payments in consolidation.  The interest bearing obligations include accrued interest.  Purchase obligations amounts represent estimated obligations under agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding.  In 2011, the purchase obligations amounts include principal and interest due on participation loans, estimated obligations under data processing contracts, income tax payable and accounts payable for goods and services.  In subsequent years, the purchase obligations amounts primarily relate to estimated obligations under data processing contracts.

 
59

 

 
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
 
 
Below is a reconciliation of the FTE adjustments and the GAAP basis information presented in this report:
 

Twelve months ended December 31, 2010

   
Net Interest
Income
   
Yield
   
Net
Interest
Spread
 
GAAP net interest income
  $ 13,566,068       3.82 %     3.57 %
Tax equivalent adjustment
                       
     Federal funds sold
    3       -       -  
     Investment securities
    47,642       0.01       0.01  
     Loans
    112,797       0.03       0.03  
Total tax equivalent adjustment
    160,442       0.04       0.04  
Tax equivalent interest yield
  $ 13,726,510       3.86 %     3.61 %

Twelve months ended December 31, 2009

 
   
Net Interest
Income
   
Yield
   
Net
Interest
Spread
 
GAAP net interest income
  $ 11,516,002       3.73 %     3.39 %
Tax equivalent adjustment
                       
     Federal funds sold
    1       -       -  
     Investment securities
    59,779       0.02       0.02  
     Loans
    66,590       0.02       0.02  
Total tax equivalent adjustment
    126,370       0.04       0.04  
Tax equivalent interest yield
  $ 11,642,372       3.77 %     3.43 %

Twelve months ended December 31, 2008

   
Net Interest
Income
   
Yield
   
Net
Interest
Spread
 
GAAP net interest income
  $ 9,514,501       3.77 %     3.17 %
Tax equivalent adjustment
                       
     Federal funds sold
    5,169       0.00       0.00  
     Investment securities
    61,834       0.03       0.03  
     Loans
    -       -       -  
Total tax equivalent adjustment
    67,003       0.03       0.03  
Tax equivalent interest yield
  $ 9,581,504       3.80 %     3.20 %


 
60

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices and Seasonality
 

Management has prepared the financial statements and related data presented herein in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Unlike industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and services, and may frequently reflect government policy initiatives or economic factors not measured by price index.  As discussed in Item 7A, we strive to manage our interest sensitive assets and liabilities in order to offset the effects of rate changes and inflation.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the industry in which we operate.  Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.   We base these estimates, assumptions, and judgments on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.   Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.   Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.  The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third party sources, when available.

The most significant accounting policies that we follow are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.  These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this financial review, provide information on how we value significant assets and liabilities in the financial statements and how we determine those values.  Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses as the accounting area that requires the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s best estimate of the losses known and inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate, based on, among other factors, prior loss experience, volume and type of lending conducted, estimated value of any underlying collateral, economic conditions (particularly as such conditions relate to Old Line Bank’s market area), regulatory guidance, peer statistics, management’s judgment, past due loans in the loan portfolio, loan charge off experience and concentrations of risk (if any).  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheets.

We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses based upon loan categories except for delinquent loans and loans for which management has knowledge about possible credit problems of the borrower or knowledge of problems with loan collateral, which management evaluates separately and assigns loss amounts based upon the evaluation.  We apply loss ratios to each category of loan other than commercial loans (including letters of credit and unused commitments), where we further divide the loans by risk rating and apply loss ratios by risk rating, to determine estimated loss amounts.  Categories of loans are installment and other consumer loans (other than boat loans), boat loans, mortgage loans (commercial real estate, residential real estate and real estate construction) and commercial loans.
 
 
 
61

 

 
Management has significant discretion in making the judgments inherent in the determination of the provision and allowance for loan losses, including in connection with the valuation of collateral and the financial condition of the borrower, and in establishing loss ratios and risk ratings.  The establishment of allowance factors is a continuing exercise and allowance factors may change over time, resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount of the provision or allowance based upon the same volume and classification of loans.

             Changes in allowance factors or in management’s interpretation of those factors will have a direct impact on the amount of the provision, and a corresponding effect on income and assets.  Also, errors in management’s perception and assessment of the allowance factors could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in additional provisions or charge offs, which would adversely affect income and capital.  For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, see the “Provision for Loan Losses” section of this annual report.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) No. 2009-16, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic- 860)-Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets.  ASU 2009-16 also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvement with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period.  The provisions of ASU 2009-16 became effective on January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ASU No. 2009-17, “Consolidations (Topic 810)-Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities” amends prior guidance to change how a company determines when an entity that is sufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated.  The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance.  ASU 2009-17 requires additional disclosures about the reporting entity’s involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement as well as its affect on the entity’s financial statements.  As further discussed below, ASU No. 2010-10, “Consolidations (Topic 810),” deferred the effective date of ASU 2009-17 for a reporting entity’s interests in investment companies.  The provisions of ASU 2009-17 became effective on January 1, 2010 and they did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)-Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements” requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements.  ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) companies should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would generally be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) companies should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  ASU No. 2010-06 requires the disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy beginning January 1, 2011.  The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective on January 1, 2010.  See Note 17-Fair Value of Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
62

 

 
ASU No. 2010-10, “Consolidations (Topic 810)-Amendments for Certain Investment Funds” defers the effective date of the amendments to the consolidation requirements made by ASU 2009-17 to a company’s interest in an entity (i) that has all of the attributes of an investment company, as specified under ASC Topic 946, “Financial Services-Investment Companies,” or (ii) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles of financial reporting that are consistent with those in ASC Topic 946.  As a result of the deferral, companies are not required to apply the ASU 2009-17 amendments to the Subtopic 810-10 consolidation requirements to its interest in an entity that meets the criteria to qualify for the deferral.  ASU 2010-10 also clarifies that any interest held by a related party should be treated as though it is an entity’s own interest when evaluating the criteria for determining whether such interest represents a variable interest.  ASU 2010-10 also clarifies that companies should not use a quantitative calculation as the sole basis for evaluating whether a decision maker’s or service provider’s fee is variable interest.  The provisions of ASU 2010-10 became effective as of January 1, 2010 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ASU No. 2010-11, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)-Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives” clarifies that the only form of an embedded credit derivative that is exempt from the embedded derivative bifurcation requirement are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another.  Entities that have contracts containing an embedded credit derivative feature in a form other than subordination may need to separately account for the embedded credit derivative feature.  The provisions of ASU 2010-11 became effective on July 1, 2010 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ASU No. 2010-20 “Receivables (Topic 310)-Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses” requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and   assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses.  Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systemic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable, which is generally a disaggregation of portfolio segment.  The required disclosures include, among other things, a carry forward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators.  ASU 2010-20 became effective for financial statements as of December 31, 2010 as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of the reporting period.  Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period will be required for financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

ASU No. 2010-29 “Business Combinations (Topic 805) Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” contains amendments that specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only.  ASU 2010-29 also expands supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 350 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring  pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in reported pro forma revenue and earnings.  ASU 2010-29 became effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  We do not anticipate that the implementation of ASU 2010-29 will have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.


 
63

 

ASU 2010-28 “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative” contains amendments that modify Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts by requiring an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists.  In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether any adverse qualitative factors indicate that impairment may exists.  The qualitative factors are consistent with guidance which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below carrying value.  ASU 2010-28 became effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2010.  We do not anticipate that the implementation of ASU 2010-28 will have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

Item 7A .  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument.  Various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices, may cause these changes.  We are subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates on our portfolio of assets and liabilities.  Foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices do not pose significant market risk to us.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis and Interest Rate Risk Management

A principal objective of Old Line Bank’s asset/liability management policy is to minimize exposure to changes in interest rates by an ongoing review of the maturity and re-pricing of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  The Asset and Liability Committee of the Board of Directors oversees this review.

The Asset and Liability Committee establishes policies to control interest rate sensitivity.  Interest rate sensitivity is the volatility of a bank’s earnings resulting from movements in market interest rates.  Management monitors rate sensitivity in order to reduce vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations while maintaining adequate capital levels and acceptable levels of liquidity.  Monthly financial reports supply management with information to evaluate and manage rate sensitivity and adherence to policy.  Old Line Bank’s asset/liability policy’s goal is to manage assets and liabilities in a manner that stabilizes net interest income and net economic value within a broad range of interest rate environments.  Adjustments to the mix of assets and liabilities are made periodically in an effort to achieve dependable, steady growth in net interest income regardless of the behavior of interest rates in general.

As part of the interest rate risk sensitivity analysis, the Asset and Liability Committee examines the extent to which Old Line Bank’s assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive and monitors the interest rate sensitivity gap.  An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market rates.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities scheduled to mature or re-price within such time period.  A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.  A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the interest rate sensitive assets.  During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.  During a period of declining interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income.  If repricing of assets and liabilities were equally flexible and moved concurrently, the impact of any increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income would be minimal.


 
64

 
 
Old Line Bank currently has a negative gap, which suggests that the net interest income on interest earning assets may decrease during periods of rising interest rates.  However, a simple interest rate “gap” analysis by itself may not be an accurate indicator of how changes in interest rates will affect net interest income.  Changes in interest rates may not uniformly affect income associated with interest earning assets and costs associated with interest bearing liabilities.  In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income.  Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in general market rates.  In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the interest rate gap.  The ability of many borrowers to service their debts also may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
 
 
65

 
 
The table below presents Old Line Bank’s interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2010.  Because certain categories of securities and loans are prepaid before their maturity date even without regard to interest rate fluctuations, we have made certain assumptions to calculate the expected maturity of securities and loans.

                               
   
Interest Sensitivity Analysis
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
   
Maturing or Repricing
 
   
Within
3 Months
   
4-12
Months
   
1-5
Years
   
Over
5 Years
   
Total
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Earning Assets:
                             
   Interest bearing accounts
  $ 109     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 109  
   Time deposits in other banks
    198       99       -       -       297  
   Federal funds sold
    181       -       -       -       181  
   Investment securities
    -       1,042       2,381       51,363     $ 54,786  
   Loans
    103,589       21,326       149,608       27,066       301,589  
       Total interest earning assets
    104,077       22,467       151,989       78,429       356,962  
                                         
Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                                       
   Interest-bearing transaction deposits
    47,332       23,666       -       -       70,998  
   Savings accounts
    3,168       3,168       3,168       -       9,504  
   Time deposits
    59,636       71,566       61,328       -       192,530  
       Total interest-bearing deposits
    110,136       98,400       64,496       -       273,032  
FHLB advances
    10,000       -       -       -       10,000  
Other borrowings
    5,669       -       -       6,372       12,041  
       Total interest-bearing liabilities
    125,805       98,400       64,496       6,372       295,073  
                                         
Period Gap
  $ (21,728 )   $ (75,933 )   $ 87,493     $ 72,057     $ 61,889  
                                         
Cumulative Gap
  $ (21,728 )   $ (97,661 )   $ (10,168 )   $ 61,889          
                                         
Cumulative Gap/Total Assets
    (6.08 %)     (27.34 %)     (2.85 %)     17.33 %        
                                         


 
66

 


Item 8.   Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are filed with this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
Consolidated Statements of Income – For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity – For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
67

 



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
Bowie, Maryland

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the United States of America.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


 
 
 
Baltimore, Maryland
March 21, 2011




 
101 E. Chesapeake Avenue, Suite 300, Baltimore, Maryland 21286
410-583-6990  FAX 410-583-7061
Website:  www.Rowles.com


 
68

 

 
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                   
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 Assets
                 
 Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,325,266     $ 7,402,137     $ 8,823,170  
 Interest bearing accounts
    109,170       3,953,312       -  
 Federal funds sold
    180,536       81,138       2,140,525  
           Total cash and cash equivalents
    14,614,972       11,436,587       10,963,695  
 Time deposits in other banks
    297,000       15,031,102       13,267,000  
 Investment securities available for sale
    33,049,795       28,012,948       29,565,976  
 Investment securities held to maturity
    21,736,469       5,806,507       8,003,391  
 Loans, less allowance for loan losses
    299,606,430       265,008,669       231,053,618  
 Restricted equity securities at cost
    2,562,750       2,957,650       2,126,550  
 Premises and equipment
    16,867,561       17,326,099       12,388,046  
 Accrued interest receivable
    1,252,970       1,055,249       1,091,560  
 Prepaid income taxes
    189,523       -       35,649  
 Deferred income taxes
    265,551       178,574       -  
 Bank owned life insurance
    8,703,175       8,422,879       8,096,039  
 Other real estate owned
    1,153,039       -       -  
 Other assets
    1,610,715       1,982,262       1,139,101  
                        Total assets
  $ 401,909,950     $ 357,218,526     $ 317,730,625  
                         
 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                       
 Deposits
                       
    Non-interest bearing
  $ 67,494,744     $ 40,883,419     $ 39,880,119  
    Interest bearing
    273,032,442       245,464,373       191,550,521  
           Total deposits
    340,527,186       286,347,792       231,430,640  
 Short term borrowings
    5,669,332       16,149,939       17,773,934  
 Long term borrowings
    16,371,947       16,454,067       21,531,133  
 Accrued interest payable
    434,656       517,889       625,446  
 Income taxes payable
    -       175,543       -  
 Deferred income taxes
    -       -       65,651  
 Other liabilities
    1,248,079       941,165       4,012,968  
                        Total liabilities
    364,251,200       320,586,395       275,439,772  
                         
 Stockholders' equity
                       
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share and additional paid in
                 
      capital; 7,000 shares issued and outstanding in 2008
    -       -       6,703,591  
 Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; authorized 15,000,000 shares;
                       
      issued and outstanding 3,891,705 in 2010 and 3,862,364 in 2009 and 2008
    38,917       38,624       38,624  
 Additional paid-in capital
    29,206,617       29,034,954       28,838,810  
 Warrants to purchase 141,892 shares of common stock
    -       -       301,434  
 Retained earnings
    7,535,268       6,498,446       5,411,772  
 Accumulated other comprehensive income
    272,956       368,880       392,611  
           Total Old Line Bancshares, Inc. stockholders' equity
    37,053,758       35,940,904       41,686,842  
 Non-controlling interest
    604,992       691,227       604,011  
            Total stockholders' equity
    37,658,750       36,632,131       42,290,853  
                        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 401,909,950     $ 357,218,526     $ 317,730,625  
                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
69

 
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                       
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
     
Interest revenue
                     
  Loans, including fees
  $ 16,599,612     $ 15,304,608     $ 14,240,545      
  U.S. Treasury securities
    -       7,230       69,079      
  U.S. government agency securities
    163,787       296,560       181,792      
  Mortgage backed securities
    1,399,979       1,059,386       356,398      
  Municipal securities
    79,758       84,797       95,822      
  Federal funds sold
    7,255       1,148       285,619      
  Other
    258,440       342,127       194,981      
      Total interest revenue
    18,508,831       17,095,856       15,424,236      
Interest expense
                           
  Deposits
    3,920,338       4,553,099       5,101,608      
  Borrowed funds
    1,022,425       1,026,755       808,127      
      Total interest expense
    4,942,763       5,579,854       5,909,735      
      Net interest income
    13,566,068       11,516,002       9,514,501      
Provision for loan losses
    1,082,000       900,000       415,000      
      Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    12,484,068       10,616,002       9,099,501      
Non-interest revenue
                           
  Service charges on deposit accounts
    306,548       307,012       311,268      
  Net gains (losses) on sales of investment securities
    -       158,551       (3,081 )    
  Earnings on bank owned life insurance
    336,834       376,165       366,785      
  Gain on sale of other real estate owned
    192,724       -       -      
  Other fees and commissions
    515,896       978,039       288,960      
      Total non-interest revenue
    1,352,002       1,819,767       963,932      
Non-interest expense
                           
  Salaries
    4,681,679       4,037,027       3,316,219      
  Employee benefits
    1,284,993       1,012,014       923,666      
  Occupancy
    1,296,088       1,085,768       1,124,838      
  Equipment
    416,094       354,531       313,133      
  Data processing
    452,675       340,870       269,632      
  FDIC insurance and State of Maryland assessments
    527,807       561,850       151,149      
  Merger  and  integration expenses
    574,369       -       -      
  Other operating
    2,175,800       1,864,821       1,274,141      
      Total non-interest expense
    11,409,505       9,256,881       7,372,778      
Income before income taxes
    2,426,565       3,178,888       2,690,655      
   Income taxes
    996,750       1,055,522       939,383      
Net income
    1,429,815       2,123,366       1,751,272      
   Less: Net income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest
    (72,849 )     87,216       (4,846 )    
Net income attributable to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
    1,502,664       2,036,150       1,756,118      
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
    -       485,993       29,329      
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 1,502,664     $ 1,550,157     $ 1,726,789      
                             
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.39     $ 0.40     $ 0.44      
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.38       0.40       0.44      
Dividend per common share
    0.12       0.12       0.12      
                             
                             
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
70

 

 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
 
 
                                   
      Preferred stock &        
Common stock
     
Additional
paid-in
     
Retained
     
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
     
Comprehensive
     
Non-controlling
       
     
Warrants
     
Shares 
      Par value        
capital
     
earnings
     
income
    income      
interest
       
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ -       4,075,849     $ 40,758     $ 30,465,013     $ 4,155,232     $ (29,749 )  
 
    $ -        
Common stock repurchased
    -       (217,085 )     (2,170 )     (1,749,485 )     -       -    
 
      -        
Net income attributable
   to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
    -       -       -       -       1,756,118       -     $ 1,756,118       -        
Unrealized gain on
                                                                     
   securities available for sale,
                                                                     
   net of income taxes of $275,122
    -       -       -       -       -       422,360       422,360       -        
Comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 2,178,478       -        
Recognition of non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -               608,857        
Net income (loss) attributable
   to non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -               (4,846 )      
Stock based compensation awards
    -       -       -       104,541       -       -               -        
Common stock cash dividend
   $0.12 per share
    -       -       -       -       (470,249 )     -               -        
Issuance of preferred stock & warrants
    7,000,000       -       -       -       -       -               -        
Preferred stock dividend payable
   and accretion
    5,025       -       -       -       (29,329 )     -               -        
Stock options exercised including
   tax benefit of $2,777
    -       3,600       36       18,741       -       -               -        
Balance, December 31, 2008
    7,005,025       3,862,364       38,624       28,838,810       5,411,772       392,611               604,011        
Net income attributable
   to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
    -       -       -       -       2,036,150       -     $ 2,036,150       -        
Unrealized loss on
                                                                     
   securities available for sale,
                                                                     
   net of income tax benefit of $15,458
    -       -       -       -       -       (23,731 )     (23,731 )     -        
Comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 2,012,419       -        
Net income attributable
   to non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -               87,216        
Stock based compensation awards
    -       -       -       119,711       -       -               -        
Common stock cash dividend
   $0.12 per share
    -       -       -       -       (463,483 )     -               -        
Repayment of preferred stock and
   warrant
    (7,301,433 )     -       -       76,433       -       -               -        
Preferred stock dividend and
   accretion
    296,408       -       -       -       (485,993 )     -               -        
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ -       3,862,364     $ 38,624     $ 29,034,954     $ 6,498,446     $ 368,880             $ 691,227        
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


 
 
71

 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
 
                                                 
 
                             
   
Preferred
stock
&
    Common stock    
Additional
paid-in
     
Retained
     
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
     
Comprehensive
     
Non-controlling
 
   
warrants
    Shares     Par value     capital    
earnings
   
income
   
income
   
interest
 
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ -       3,862,364     $ 38,624     $ 29,034,954     $ 6,498,446     $ 368,880    
 
    $ 691,227  
Net income attributable
   to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
    -       -       -       -       1,502,664       -     $ 1,502,664       -  
Unrealized loss on
                                                               
   securities available for sale,
                                                               
   net of income tax benefit of $62,483
    -       -       -       -       -       (95,924 )     (95,924 )     -  
Comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 1,406,740       -  
Net income attributable
   to non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -               (72,849 )
Distribution to minority member(s)
    -       -       -       -       -       -               (13,386 )
Stock based compensation awards
    -       -       -       118,127       -       -               -  
Common stock cash dividend
   $0.12 per share
    -       -       -       -       (465,842 )     -               -  
Stock options exercised including
  tax benefit of $13,630
    -       11,700       117       53,712                                  
Restricted stock issued
    -       17,641       176       (176 )     -       -               -  
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ -       3,891,705     $ 38,917     $ 29,206,617     $ 7,535,268     $ 272,956             $ 604,992  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
72

 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 Cash flows from operating activities
                 
    Interest received
  $ 18,626,720     $ 17,125,737     $ 15,224,058  
    Fees and commissions received
    878,982       1,339,179       438,955  
    Interest paid
    (5,025,996 )     (5,687,411 )     (5,978,157 )
    Cash paid to suppliers and employees
    (9,805,184 )     (12,328,485 )     (3,101,842 )
    Income taxes paid
    (1,386,310 )     (1,073,097 )     (1,260,789 )
      3,288,212       (624,077 )     5,322,225  
 Cash flows from investing activities
                       
    Net change in time deposits in other banks
    14,734,102       (1,764,102 )     (11,267,000 )
    Purchase of investment securities
                       
       Held to maturity
    (20,316,548 )     -       (8,237,285 )
       Available for sale
    (16,277,804 )     (12,868,441 )     (27,029,054 )
    Proceeds from disposal of investment securities
                       
       Held to maturity at maturity or call
    4,561,229       2,203,921       2,539,088  
       Available for sale at maturity or call
    10,575,564       10,197,347       7,399,382  
       Available for sale sold
    -       4,243,654       141,919  
    Loans made, net of principal collected
    (37,039,236 )     (34,755,829 )     (29,494,324 )
    Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
    415,893       -       -  
    Redemption (purchase) of equity securities
    394,900       (831,100 )     (46,300 )
    Return of principal from (investment in) real estate LLC
    -       -       (205,050 )
    Purchase of premises, equipment and software
    (349,195 )     (5,642,201 )     (978,326 )
      (43,301,095 )     (39,216,751 )     (67,176,950 )
 Cash flows from financing activities
                       
   Net increase (decrease) in
                       
     Time deposits
    (1,930,127 )     40,266,481       52,043,034  
     Other deposits
    56,109,521       14,650,671       1,575,373  
     Short term borrowings
    (10,480,607 )     (1,623,995 )     1,408,972  
     Long term borrowings
    (82,120 )     (5,077,066 )     -  
   Proceeds from stock options exercised, including tax benefit
    53,829       -       18,777  
   Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock & warrants
    -       -       7,000,000  
   Repurchase of preferred stock & warrants
    -       (7,225,000 )     -  
   Repurchase of common stock
    -       -       (1,751,655 )
   Cash dividends paid-preferred stock
    -       (213,888 )     -  
   Cash dividends paid-common stock
    (465,842 )     (463,483 )     (470,249 )
   Distrbutions to minority members
    (13,386 )     -       -  
      43,191,268       40,313,720       59,824,252  
 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    3,178,385       472,892       (2,030,473 )
                   
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    11,436,587       10,963,695       12,994,168  
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 14,614,972     $ 11,436,587     $ 10,963,695  
                         
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
73

 
 
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                   
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Reconciliation of net income to net cash
                 
  provided (used) by operating activities
                 
   Net income
  $ 1,429,815     $ 2,123,366     $ 1,751,272  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
                       
   cash provided (used) by operating activities
                       
     Depreciation and amortization
    807,733       699,345       447,529  
     Provision for loan losses
    1,082,000       900,000       415,000  
     Gain on sale of other real estate owned
    (192,724 )     -       -  
     Loss on sale of equipment
    -       4,803       3,099  
     (Gain) loss on sale of securities
    -       (158,551 )     3,081  
     Amortization of premiums and discounts
    332,343       92,791       5,931  
     Deferred income taxes
    (24,494 )     (228,766 )     (47,531 )
     Stock based compensation awards
    118,127       119,711       104,541  
     (Income) loss from investment in real estate LLC
    -       -       3,741  
     Increase (decrease) in
                       
        Accrued interest payable
    (83,233 )     (107,557 )     (68,422 )
        Income taxes payable
    (175,543 )     175,543       (238,226 )
        Deferred loan fees net of costs
    (16,733 )     (99,222 )     (32,627 )
        Other liabilities
    306,914       (3,047,499 )     3,941,133  
     Decrease (increase) in
                       
        Accrued interest receivable
    (197,721 )     36,311       (173,482 )
        Bank owned life insurance
    (280,296 )     (326,840 )     (326,749 )
        Prepaid income taxes
    (189,523 )     35,649       (35,649 )
        Other assets
    371,547       (843,161 )     (430,416 )
    $ 3,288,212     $ (624,077 )   $ 5,322,225  
Supplemental Disclosure:
                       
     Loans transferred to other real estate owned
  $ 1,376,208     $ -     $ -  
                         
                         
 
On November 1, 2008, Old Line Bancshares, Inc. acquired a 12.5% membership interest in Pointer Ridge, LLC. As a result of this purchase, our membership interest in Pointer Ridge increased to 62.5%.  The fair values of the non-cash assets acquired and liabilities assumed were $7.7 million and $6.6 million, respectively.
 
 

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 
74

 


Old Line Bancshares, Inc. & Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


1.  
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Description of Business -Old Line Bancshares, Inc. (Bancshares) is the holding company for Old Line Bank (Bank).  We provide a full range of banking services to customers located in Anne Arundel, Charles, Prince George’s and St. Mary’s counties in Maryland and surrounding areas.

On November 17, 2008, we purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.5% membership interest in Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC (Pointer Ridge), a real estate investment company.  The effective date of the purchase was November 1, 2008.  As a result of this purchase, our membership interest increased from 50.0% to 62.5%.  Consequently, we consolidated Pointer Ridge’s results of operations from the date of acquisition.  Prior to the date of acquisition, we accounted for our investment in Pointer Ridge using the equity method.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation -The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the activity of Bancshares, its wholly owned subsidiary, Old Line Bank, and its majority owned membership interest in Pointer Ridge. We have eliminated all significant intercompany transactions and balances.

We report the non-controlling interests in Pointer Ridge separately in the consolidated balance sheets.  We report the income of Pointer Ridge attributable to Bancshares from the date of our acquisition of majority interest on the consolidated statements of income.

Use of estimates -The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.  These estimates and assumptions may affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.  A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses.

Cash and cash equivalents -For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold.  Generally, we purchase and sell federal funds for one day periods.

Time deposits in other banks -We record time deposits in other banks at cost.  All time deposits in other banks mature within one year.

Investment securities -As we purchase securities, management determines if we should classify the securities as held to maturity, available for sale or trading.  We record the securities which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity at amortized cost which is cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity.  We classify securities which we may sell before maturity as available for sale and carry these securities at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in stockholders' equity on an after tax basis.  Management has not identified any investment securities as trading.

We record gains and losses on the sale of securities on the trade date and determine these gains or losses using the specific identification method.  We amortize premiums and accrete discounts using the interest method.

Stock based compensation awards -We account for individual stock options under the fair value method of accounting using a Black-Scholes valuation model to measure stock based compensation expense at the date of grant.  For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded stock based compensation expense of $118,127, $119,711, and $104,541, respectively.

 
75

 

1.           Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We may only recognize tax benefits for options that ordinarily will result in a tax deduction when the grant is exercised (non-qualified options).  For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 we recognized a tax benefit associated with the portion of the expense that was related to the issuance of non-qualified options of $10,124 and $8,298, respectively.  There were no non-qualified options included in the expense calculation for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Premises and equipment- We record premises and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Generally we compute depreciation using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

Other real estate owned -We record real estate acquired through foreclosure at the lower of cost or fair market value on the date acquired.  We charge losses incurred at the time of acquisition of the property to the allowance for loan losses.  We include subsequent reductions in the estimated value of the property in non-interest expense.

Advertising -We expense advertising costs over the life of ad campaigns.  We expense general purpose advertising as we incur it.

Loans and allowance for loan losses -We report loans at face value plus deferred origination costs, less deferred origination fees and the allowance for loan losses.  We accrue interest on loans based on the principal amounts outstanding.  We amortize origination fees and costs to income over the terms of the loans using an approximate interest method.

We discontinue the accrual of interest when any portion of the principal or interest is ninety days past due and collateral is insufficient to discharge the debt in full.  Based on current information, we consider loans impaired when management determines that it is unlikely that the borrower will make principal and interest payments according to contractual terms.   Generally, we do not review loans for impairment until we have discontinued the accrual of interest.  We consider several factors in determining impairment including payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Generally, we do not classify loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case by case basis.  We consider all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.  We measure impairment on a loan by loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by determining either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  If it is doubtful that we will collect principal, we apply all payments to principal.

We collectively evaluate large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans for impairment. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement or the borrower has filed bankruptcy.

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount which, in management's judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans and other extensions of credit that may become uncollectible.  Management bases its judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance on evaluations of the collectibility of loans.  Management takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers' ability to pay, overall portfolio quality, and review of specific problem areas.  If the current economy or real estate market continues to suffer a severe downturn, we may need to increase the estimate for uncollectible accounts.  We charge off loans which we deem uncollectible and deduct them from the allowance.  We add recoveries on loans previously charged off to the allowance.

 
76

 

1.         Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income taxes -The provision for income taxes includes taxes payable for the current year and deferred income taxes. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse.  We allocate tax expense and tax benefits to Bancshares and its subsidiaries based on their proportional share of taxable income.

Earnings per share -We determine basic earnings per common share by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding giving retroactive effect to stock dividends.

We calculate diluted earnings per common share by including the average dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period.  Dilutive common equivalent shares consist of stock options and warrants, calculated using the treasury stock method.

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Weighted average number of shares
    3,880,060       3,862,364       3,919,903  
 Dilutive average number of shares
    23,517       7,102       3,320  
 
Comprehensive income -Comprehensive income includes net income attributable to Bancshares and the unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale net of related income taxes.

Reclassifications- We have made certain reclassifications to the 2008 and 2009 financial presentation to conform to the 2010 presentation.

Subsequent Events -We evaluated subsequent events after December 31, 2010 through March 21, 2011, the date this report was available to be issued.
 
On January 3, 2011, we entered into an agreement to lease 3,682 square feet of space on the 1 st floor of an office building located at 2530 Riva Road, Annapolis, Maryland 21401.  We plan to move our Annapolis branch currently located at 167 Jennifer Road, Suite U, Annapolis, Maryland 21401 to this facility.  We are currently evaluating alternative uses for the facility located at Jennifer Road.
 
On February 1, 2011, we announced that we had completed the sale of 776,872 shares of common stock at a price of $8.25 per share to accredited investors.  We received proceeds of approximately $6.3 million after issuance costs as a result of the private placement.  We intend to use the proceeds of the offering for additional working capital and other general corporate purposes.
 
In March 2011, we received regulatory approval from all of the required banking regulatory agencies for the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc.  We anticipate this acquisition will be effective April 1, 2011.
 
2.           Cash and Equivalents

 
The Bank may carry balances with other banks that exceed the federally insured limit. The average balance exceeded the federally insured limit by $13,403,045 in 2010 and by $11,263,538 in 2009.  The average balances in 2008 did not exceed the federally insured limit.  The Bank also sells federal funds on an unsecured basis to the same banks.  The average balance sold was $2,720,879, $458,457 and $13,342,150 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Federal banking regulations require banks to carry non-interest bearing cash reserves at specified percentages of deposit balances. The Bank's normal amount of cash on hand and on deposit with other banks is sufficient to satisfy the reserve requirements.


 
77

 

3.            Investment Securities
 
Investment securities are summarized as follows:

   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
    December 31, 2010
 
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
value
 
                         
 Available for sale
                       
   U. S. government agency
  $ 3,716,858     $ 90,881     $ (3,942 )   $ 3,803,797  
   Municipal securities
    1,302,630       24,746       (169 )     1,327,207  
   Mortgage backed
    27,579,549       519,919       (180,677 )     27,918,791  
    $ 32,599,037     $ 635,546     $ (184,788 )   $ 33,049,795  
 Held to maturity
                               
    Municipal securities
  $ 983,783     $ 11,569     $ (39,568 )   $ 955,784  
    Mortgage backed
    20,752,686       290,747       (33,636 )     21,009,797  
    $ 21,736,469     $ 302,316     $ (73,204 )   $ 21,965,581  
    December 31, 2009
                               
                                 
 Available for sale
                               
   U. S. government agency
  $ 7,133,657     $ 171,946     $ (14,928 )   $ 7,290,675  
   Municipal securities
    2,253,107       36,759       (14,294 )     2,275,572  
   Mortgage backed
    18,017,019       429,682       -       18,446,701  
    $ 27,403,783     $ 638,387     $ (29,222 )   $ 28,012,948  
 Held to maturity
                               
    Municipal securities
  $ 300,779     $ 2,714     $ -     $ 303,493  
    Mortgage backed
    5,505,728       267,544       -       5,773,272  
    $ 5,806,507     $ 270,258     $ -     $ 6,076,765  
    December 31, 2008
                               
                                 
 Available for sale
                               
   U. S. government agency
  $ 10,578,928     $ 318,722     $ -     $ 10,897,650  
   Municipal securities
    2,425,036       21,547       (3,105 )     2,443,478  
   Mortgage backed
    15,913,656       311,457       (265 )     16,224,848  
    $ 28,917,620     $ 651,726     $ (3,370 )   $ 29,565,976  
 Held to maturity
                               
    U. S. Treasury
  $ 499,942     $ 7,089     $ -     $ 507,031  
    Municipal securities
    300,866       194       (2,753 )     298,307  
    Mortgage backed
    7,202,583       227,092       -       7,429,675  
    $ 8,003,391     $ 234,375     $ (2,753 )   $ 8,235,013  
                                 

 
78

 

3.           Investment Securities (Continued)

The table below summarizes investment securities with unrealized losses and the length of time the securities have been in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2010:


December 31, 2010
 
Fair
value
   
Unrealized
losses
 
Unrealized losses less than 12 months
           
    U.S. government agency
  $ -     $ -  
    Municipal securities
    441,411       39,568  
    Mortgage backed
    18,975,791       214,313  
                 
Total unrealized losses less than 12 months
    19,417,202       253,881  
Unrealized losses greater than 12 months
         
   U.S. government agency
    1,692,547       3,942  
   Municipal securities
    200,304       169  
   Mortgage backed
    -       -  
                 
Total unrealized losses greater than 12 months
    1,892,851       4,111  
                 
Total unrealized losses
               
   U.S. government agency
    1,692,547       3,942  
   Municipal securities
    641,715       39,737  
   Mortgage backed
    18,975,791       214,313  
                 
Total unrealized losses
  $ 21,310,053     $ 257,992  
                 
 
We consider all unrealized losses on securities as of December 31, 2010 to be temporary losses because we will redeem each security at face value at or prior to maturity.  We have the ability and intent to hold these securities until recovery or maturity.  As of December 31, 2010, we do not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale and believe that it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery of cost.  In most cases, market interest rate fluctuations cause a temporary impairment in value.  We expect the fair value to recover as the investments approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for these investments decline.  We do not believe that credit quality caused the impairment in any of these securities.  Because we believe these impairments are temporary, we have not realized any loss in our consolidated statement of income

We did not sell any investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2009, we received $4,243,654 in proceeds from the sale of investment securities and recorded gross realized gains of $158,551 from the sale of available-for-sale securities.  During 2008, proceeds from sales of investment securities were $141,919 resulting in gross losses of $3,081.


 
79

 

3.           Investment Securities (Continued)

Contractual maturities and pledged securities at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, are shown below.  Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.  We classify mortgage backed securities based on maturity date.  However, the Bank receives payments on a monthly basis.

   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
December 31, 2010
 
cost
   
value
   
cost
   
value
 
                         
Maturing
                       
  Within one year
  $ 1,009,341     $ 1,041,750     $ -     $ -  
  Over one to five years
    1,992,780       2,078,874       302,084       305,385  
  Over five to ten years
    12,034,769       12,202,523       6,784,476       7,005,706  
  Over ten years
    17,562,147       17,726,648       14,649,909       14,654,490  
    $ 32,599,037     $ 33,049,795     $ 21,736,469     $ 21,965,581  
                                 
  Pledged securities
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
                                 
Maturing
                               
  Within one year
  $ 1,644,598     $ 1,663,512     $ -     $ -  
  Over one to five years
    4,440,360       4,621,900       99,927       100,210  
  Over five to ten years
    8,567,790       8,760,477       2,279,892       2,373,515  
  Over ten years
    12,751,035       12,967,059       3,426,688       3,603,040  
    $ 27,403,783     $ 28,012,948     $ 5,806,507     $ 6,076,765  
                                 
  Pledged securities
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
December 31, 2008
                               
                                 
Maturing
                               
  Within one year
  $ 1,150,265     $ 1,171,205     $ 499,942     $ 507,031  
  Over one to five years
    11,635,121       11,957,725       99,881       100,075  
  Over five to ten years
    8,995,942       9,249,654       2,051,611       2,091,071  
  Over ten years
    7,136,292       7,187,392       5,351,957       5,536,836  
    $ 28,917,620     $ 29,565,976     $ 8,003,391     $ 8,235,013  
                                 
  Pledged securities
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
 

 
80

 

4.
Credit Commitments

 
The Bank is party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, available credit lines and standby letters of credit.

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Commitments to extend credit and available credit lines:
       
   Commercial
  $ 34,484,923     $ 21,153,839     $ 23,073,938  
   Construction
    11,512,287       14,573,064       21,980,974  
   Consumer
    7,256,092       9,014,671       6,378,630  
                         
 
  $ 53,253,302     $ 44,741,574     $ 51,433,542  
                         
 Standby letters of credit
  $ 7,900,689     $ 3,882,806     $ 1,582,717  
                         
 
 
Loan commitments and lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition to the contract.  Loan commitments generally have variable interest rates, fixed expiration dates, and may require payment of a fee.  Lines of credit generally have variable interest rates.  Such lines do not represent future cash requirements because it is unlikely that all customers will draw upon their lines in full at any time.  Letters of credit are commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the customer is the contractual amount of the commitment.  Loan commitments, lines of credit, and letters of credit are made on the same terms, including collateral, as outstanding loans.  Management is not aware of any accounting loss it would incur by funding its outstanding commitments.

5.
Loans

Major classifications of loans are as follows:

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Real estate
                 
    Commercial
  $ 153,526,907     $ 124,002,072     $ 110,826,321  
    Construction
    24,377,690       30,872,499       23,422,258  
    Residential
    27,081,399       23,350,018       12,819,445  
 Commercial
    83,523,056       74,174,400       69,961,313  
 Consumer
    13,079,878       14,622,153       15,638,011  
      301,588,930       267,021,142       232,667,348  
 Allowance for loan losses
    (2,468,476 )     (2,481,716 )     (1,983,751 )
 Deferred loan costs, net
    485,976       469,243       370,021  
    $ 299,606,430     $ 265,008,669     $ 231,053,618  
 
 
81

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

Credit policies and Administration
We have adopted a comprehensive lending policy, which includes stringent underwriting standards for all types of loans.  We have designed our underwriting standards to promote a complete banking relationship rather than a transactional relationship.  In an effort to manage risk, prior to funding, the loan committee consisting of the Executive Officers and six members of the Board of Directors must approve by a majority vote all credit decisions in excess of a lending officer’s lending authority.  Management believes that it employs experienced lending officers, secures appropriate collateral and carefully monitors the financial condition of its borrowers and loan concentrations.

In addition to the internal business processes employed in the credit administration area, the Bank retains an outside independent firm to review the loan portfolio.  This firm performs a detailed annual review and an interim update.  We use the results of the firm’s report to validate our internal rating and we review the commentary on specific loans and on our loan administration activities in order to improve our operations.

Commercial Real Estate Loans
We finance commercial real estate for our clients, for owner occupied and investment properties.  We will generally finance owner occupied commercial real estate at a maximum loan to value of 85% and investor real estate at a maximum loan to value of 75%.  Our underwriting policies and processes focus on the clients’ ability to repay the loan as well as an assessment of the underlying real estate.  Our underwriting generally includes an analysis of the borrower’s capacity to repay, the current collateral value, a cash flow analysis and review of the character of the borrower and current and prospective conditions in the market.  We view these loans primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate.  Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan.

Commercial real estate lending entails significant risks.  Risks inherent in managing our commercial real estate portfolio relate to sudden or gradual drops in property values as well as changes in the economic climate that may detrimentally impact the borrower’s ability to repay.  We attempt to mitigate these risks by carefully underwriting these loans.  We also generally require the personal or corporate guarantee(s) of the owners and/or occupant(s) of the property.  For loans of this type in excess of $250,000, we monitor the financial condition and operating performance of the borrower through a review of annual tax returns and updated financial statements.  In addition, we meet with the borrower and/or perform site visits as required.

Management tracks all loans secured by commercial real estate.  With the exception of loans to the hospitality industry, the properties secured by commercial real estate are diverse in terms of type.  This diversity helps to reduce our exposure to economic events that affect any single market or industry.  As a general rule, we avoid financing single purpose properties unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate the risk.  As previously mentioned, we do have a concentration in the hospitality industry.  At December 31, 2010, we had approximately $38.5 million of commercial real estate loans to the hospitality industry.  An individual review of these loans indicates that they generally have a low loan to value, more than acceptable existing or projected cash flow, are to experienced operators and are generally dispersed throughout the region.

Real Estate Construction Loans
This segment of our portfolio consists of funds advanced for construction of single family residences, multi-family housing and commercial buildings.  These loans generally have short durations, meaning maturities typically of nine months or less.  Residential houses, multi-family dwellings and commercial buildings under construction and the underlying land for which the loan was obtained secure the construction loans.  All of these loans are concentrated in our primary market area.

 
82

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

Construction lending also entails significant risk.  These risks involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers with funds advanced upon the security of the land or the project under construction.  An appraisal of the property estimates the value of the project prior to completion of construction.  Thus, it is more difficult to accurately evaluate the total loan funds required to complete a project and related loan-to-value ratios.  To mitigate the risks, we generally limit loan amounts to 80% of appraised values and obtain first lien positions on the property.  We generally only offer real estate construction financing to experienced builders, commercial entities or individuals who have demonstrated the ability to obtain a permanent loan “take-out.”  We also perform a complete analysis of the borrower and the project under construction.  This analysis includes a review of the cost to construct, the borrower’s ability to obtain a permanent “take-out”, the cash flow available to support the debt payments and construction costs in excess of loan proceeds, and the value of the collateral.  During construction, we advance funds on these loans on a percentage of completion basis.  We inspect each project as needed prior to advancing funds during the term of the construction loan.

Residential Real Estate Loans
We offer a variety of consumer oriented residential real estate loans.  The majority of our residential real estate portfolio is home equity loans to individuals with a loan to value not exceeding 85%.  We also offer fixed rate home improvement loans.  Our home equity and home improvement loan portfolio consists of a diverse client base.  Although most of these loans are in our primary market area, the diversity of the individual loans in the portfolio reduces our potential risk.  Usually, we secure our home equity loans and lines of credit with a security interest in the borrower’s primary or secondary residence.  Our initial underwriting includes an analysis of the borrower’s debt/income ratio which generally may not exceed 40%, collateral value, length of employment and prior credit history.  We do not have any sub-prime residential real estate loans.

Commercial Business Lending
Our commercial business lending consists of lines of credit, revolving credit facilities, accounts receivable financing, term loans, equipment loans, SBA loans, stand-by letters of credit and unsecured loans.  We originate commercial business loans for any business purpose including the financing of leasehold improvements and equipment, the carrying of accounts receivable, general working capital, and acquisition activities.  We have a diverse client base and we do not have a concentration of these types of loans in any specific industry segment.  We generally secure commercial business loans with accounts receivable, equipment, deeds of trust and other collateral such as marketable securities, cash value of life insurance and time deposits at Old Line Bank.

Commercial business loans generally depend on the success of the business for repayment.  They may also involve high average balances, increased difficulty monitoring and a high risk of default.  To help manage this risk, we typically limit these loans to proven businesses and we generally obtain appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners and monitor the financial condition of the business.  For loans in excess of $250,000 monitoring generally includes a review of the borrower’s annual tax returns and updated financial statements.

Consumer Installment Lending
 
We offer various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans.  Prior to 2008, a primary aspect of our consumer lending was financing for luxury boat purchases.  Although we continue to maintain a portfolio of approximately $11.6 million of these loans, we have not originated any substantive new luxury boat loan since the third quarter of 2007.  These loans are risky because the boats that secure these loans are depreciable assets.  Further, payment on these loans depends on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.  Job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy may adversely impact the borrower’s ability to pay.  To mitigate these risks, we have more stringent underwriting standards for these loans than for other installment loans.  As a general guideline, the individual’s debt service should not exceed 36% of gross income, must own a home, have stability of employment

 
83

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

and residency, verifiable liquidity, satisfactory prior credit repayment history and the loan to value ratio may not exceed 85%.  The majority of these boats are United States Coast Guard documented vessels and we have obtained a lien on the vessel with a first preferred ship mortgage, where applicable, or a security interest on the title.

We also make consumer loans for personal, family or household purposes as a convenience to our customer base.  However, these loans are not a focus of our lending activities.  As a general guideline, a consumer’s total debt service should not exceed 40% of his or her gross income.  The underwriting standards for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of his or her ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.

Consumer loans are risky because they are unsecured or rapidly depreciating assets secure these loans.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.  If a borrower suffers personal financial difficulties, the consumer may not repay the loan.  Also, various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount we can recover on such loans.

Concentrations of Credit
Most of our lending activity occurs within the state of Maryland within the suburban Washington, D.C. market area.  The majority of our loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans.  As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the only industry in which we had a concentration of loans was the hospitality industry, as previously mentioned.

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans
We consider loans past due if the borrower has not paid the required principal and interest payments when due.  Management generally classifies loans as non-accrual when it does not expect collection of full principal and interest under the original terms of the loan or payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due.  When we classify a loan as non-accrual, we no longer accrue interest on such loan and we reverse any interest previously accrued but not collected.  We will generally restore a non-accrual loan to accrual status when the borrower brings delinquent principal and interest payments current and we expect to collect future monthly principal and interest payments.  We recognize interest on non-accrual loans only when received.


 
84

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

The table below presents a breakdown of the non-performing loans and accruing past due loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
 
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
# of Borrowers
   
Account Balance
   
Interest Not Accrued
   
# of Borrowers
   
Account Balance
   
Interest Not Accrued
 
Real Estate
                                   
   Commercial
    2     $ 2,426,608     $ 314,804       3     $ 1,586,499     $ 190,701  
   Construction
            -       -               -       -  
   Residential
            -       -               -       -  
Commercial
            -       -               -       -  
Consumer
    1       284,011       3,728               -       -  
Total non-performing loans
    3     $ 2,710,619     $ 318,532       3     $ 1,586,499     $ 190,701  
                                                 
Accruing past due loans:
                                               
   30-89 days past due
          $ -               2     $ 581,018          
   90 or more days past due
            -               -       -          
Total accruing past due loans
          $ -               2     $ 581,018          
                                                 

At December 31, 2010, we had three loans totaling $2,710,619 past due and classified as non-accrual.  The first loan in the amount of $810,291 is the same loan that we previously reported in our December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 financial statements and described below.  At December 31, 2010, we had obtained a “lift stay” on the property and were awaiting ratification of foreclosure.  We received this ratification in January 2011 and transferred this property to other real estate owned.  At December 31, 2010, the non-accrued interest on this loan was $212,934.  The second loan in the amount of $1,616,317 is a residential acquisition and development loan secured by real estate.  The borrower and the guarantor on this loan have filed bankruptcy.  We have received an appraisal that indicates the current value of the collateral that secures this loan is insufficient for repayment and are currently working towards obtaining a “lift stay” and foreclosure.  At December 31, 2010, we considered this loan impaired and had allocated $450,000 of the allowance for loan losses to this loan.  At December 31, 2010, the interest not accrued on this loan was $101,867.  The third loan is a luxury boat loan in the amount of $284,011.  The borrower on this loan has also filed bankruptcy.  We anticipate that we will repossess this boat.  At December 31, 2010, the interest not accrued on this loan was $3,728.

At December 31, 2009, we had three loans totaling $1,586,499 past due and classified as non-accrual.   The first loan is the same loan that we reported in our December 31, 2008 financial statements and described below.  During 2009, we received $40,384 in payments on this loan and the current balance is $810,291.  In October 2009, the Borrower re-entered bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  As outlined above, in 2010, we obtained a “lift stay” on the commercial property that secures this loan and proceeded with foreclosure.


 
85

 

5.           Loans (Continued)

The second loan is in the amount of $223,169.  In 2010, we foreclosed on the property and sold this property for a gain of $192,724.  The third loan is a land development loan secured by real estate in the amount of $553,039.  The borrower on this loan has filed bankruptcy.  A recent appraisal of the property securing this loan indicated that the value of the collateral is sufficient to provide repayment and we did not consider this loan impaired.  We foreclosed on this property and transferred it to other real estate owned in 2010.  The total non-accrued interest on these loans at December 31, 2009 was $190,701.

At December 31, 2008, we had one loan past due and classified as non-accrual in the amount of $850,675.  The borrower on this loan filed for bankruptcy protection in November, 2007.  A commercial real estate property secures this loan.  The loan to value at inception of this loan was 80%.  As of December 31, 2008, the interest not accrued on this loan was $85,706.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, we applied $80,099 in interest payments to the principal balance on the loan.  We have not designated a specific allowance for this non-accrual loan.

As discussed above, there was one non-accruing loan in the amount of $1,616,317 considered impaired at December 31, 2010 and no accruing loans 90 days or more past due or considered impaired at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Credit Quality Indicators
We review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly.  Our review includes evaluation of impaired loans as required by ASC Topic 310- Receivables, and ASC Topic 450 Contingencies.   Also, incorporated in determining the adequacy of the allowance is guidance contained in the SEC’s SAB No. 102, Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation; the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s Policy Statement on Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Methodologies and Documentation for Banks and Savings Institutions, and the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses provided by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, National Credit Union Administration and Office of Thrift Supervision.

We base the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses upon loan categories.  We categorize loans as installment and other consumer loans (other than boat loans), boat loans, real estate loans and commercial loans.  We further divide commercial and real estate loans by risk rating and apply loss ratios by risk rating, to determine estimated loss amounts.  We evaluate delinquent loans and loans for which management has knowledge about possible credit problems of the borrower or knowledge of problems with collateral separately and assign loss amounts based upon the evaluation.

We determine loss ratios for installment and other consumer loans (other than boat loans), boat loans and real estate loans based upon a review of prior 18 months delinquency trends for the category, the three year loss ratio for the category, peer group loss ratios and industry standards.

With respect to commercial loans, management assigns a risk rating of one through eight as follows:

o  
Risk rating 1 (Highest Quality) is normally assigned to investment grade risks, meaning that level of risk is associated with entities having access (or capable of access) to the public capital markets and the loan underwriting in question conforms to the standards of institutional credit providers.  We also include in this category loans with a perfected security interest in U.S. government securities, investment grade government sponsored entities’ bonds, investment grade municipal bonds, insured savings accounts, and insured certificates of deposits drawn on high quality financial institutions.


 
86

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

o  
Risk rating 2 (Good Quality)   is normally assigned to a loan with a sound primary and secondary source of repayment.  The borrower may have access to alternative sources of financing.  This loan carries a normal level of risk, with minimal loss exposure.  The borrower has the ability to perform according to the terms of the credit facility.   Cash flow coverage is greater than 1.25:1 but may be vulnerable to more rapid deterioration than the higher quality loans.  We may also include loans secured by high quality traded stocks, lower grade municipal bonds and uninsured certificates of deposit.

Characteristics of such credits should include: (a) sound primary and secondary repayment sources; (b) strong debt capacity and coverage; (c) good management in all key positions.  A credit secured by a properly margined portfolio of marketable securities, but with some portfolio concentration, also would qualify for this risk rating.  Additionally, individuals with significant liquidity, low leverage and a defined source of repayment would fall within this risk rating.

o  
Risk rating 3 (Acceptable Quality) is normally assigned when the borrower is a reasonable credit risk and demonstrates the ability to repay the debt from normal business operations.  Risk factors may include reliability of margins and cash flows, liquidity, dependence on a single product or industry, cyclical trends, depth of management, or limited access to alternative financing sources.  Historic financial information may indicate erratic performance, but current trends are positive.  Quality of financial information is adequate, but is not as detailed and sophisticated as information found on higher graded loans.  If adverse circumstances arise, the impact on the borrower may be significant.  We classify many small business loans in this category unless deterioration occurs or we believe the loan requires additional monitoring, such as construction loans, asset based (accounts receivable/inventory) loans, and Small Business Administration (SBA) loans.

o  
Risk rating 4  (Pass/Watch)These loans exhibit all the characteristics of a loan graded as a “3” with the exception that there is a greater than normal concern that an external factor may impact the viability of the borrower at some later date; or that the Bank is uncertain because of the lack of financial information available.  We will generally grant this risk rating to credits that require additional monitoring such as construction loans, SBA loans and other loans deemed in need of additional monitoring.

o  
Risk ratings 5 (Special Mention)   is assigned to risks in need of close monitoring.  These are defined as classified assets.  Loans generally in this category may have either inadequate information, lack sufficient cash flow or some other problem that requires close scrutiny.  The current worth and debt service capacity of the borrower or of any pledged collateral are insufficient to ensure repayment of the loan.  These risk ratings may also apply to an improving credit previously criticized but some risk factors remain.  All loans in this classification or below should have an action plan.

Risk rating 6 (Substandard)   is assigned to loans where there is insufficient debt service capacity.  These obligations, even if apparently protected by collateral value, have well-defined weaknesses related to adverse financial, managerial, economic, market, or political conditions that have clearly jeopardized repayment of principal and interest as originally intended.  There is also the possibility that the bank will sustain some future loss if the weaknesses are not corrected.  Clear loss potential, however, does not have to exist in any individual loan we may classify as substandard.


 
87

 

5.      Loans (Continued)

o  
Risk rating 7 (Doubtful) corresponds to the doubtful asset categories defined by regulatory authorities. A loan classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full improbable.  The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to strengthening of the asset, we have deferred its classification as loss until we may determine a more exact status and estimation of the potential loss.

o  
Risk rating 8 (Loss) is assigned to charged off loans. We consider assets classified as loss   as uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  This classification does not mean that the asset has no recovery value, but that it is not practical to defer writing off the worthless assets, even though partial recoveries may occur in the future.  We charge off assets in this category.

We charge off loans that management has identified as losses.  We consider suggestions from our external loan review firm and bank examiners when determining which loans to charge off.  We automatically charge off consumer loan accounts based on regulatory requirements.  The following table outlines the allocation of allowance for loan losses by risk rating.
 
December 31,
 
Account
Balance
2010
   
Allocation
of
Allowance for Loan Losses
2010
   
Account
Balance
2009
   
Allocation
of
Allowance for Loan Losses
2009
 
Risk Rating
 
 
         
 
       
Pass (1-4)
  $ 281,901,972     $ 1,529,356     $ 247,573,949     $ 884,877  
Special Mention (5)
    13,777,303       489,120       11,658,809       846,839  
Substandard (6)
    5,909,655       450,000       7,788,384       750,000  
Doubtful (7)
    -       -       -       -  
Loss (8)
    -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ 301,588,930     $ 2,468,476     $ 267,021,142     $ 2,481,716  



 
88

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

December 31, 2010
 
Real
Estate
   
Commercial
   
Boats
   
Other
Consumer
   
Total
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,845,126     $ 544,854     $ 81,417     $ 10,319     $ 2,481,716  
Provision for loan losses
    857,818       9,495       213,306       1,381       1,082,000  
Recoveries
    3,650       -       -       927       4,577  
      2,706,594       554,349       294,723       12,627       3,568,293  
Loans charged off
    (958,472 )     (137,151 )     -       (4,194 )     (1,099,817 )
Ending Balance
  $ 1,748,122     $ 417,198     $ 294,723     $ 8,433     $ 2,468,476  
                                         
Amount allocated to:
                                       
   Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment with specific
         allocation
  $ 450,000     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 450,000  
   Loans collectively evaluated
        for impairment
    1,298,122       417,198       294,723       8,433       2,018,476  
Ending balance
  $ 1,748,122     $ 417,198     $ 294,723     $ 8,433     $ 2,468,476  
                                         
December 31, 2009
 
Real
Estate
   
Commercial
   
Boats
   
Other
Consumer
   
Total
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,348,850     $ 526,600     $ 94,910     $ 13,391     $ 1,983,751  
Provision for loan losses
    841,101       18,254       36,507       4,138       900,000  
Recoveries
    -       -       -       -       -  
      2,189,951       544,854       131,417       17,529       2,883,751  
Loans charged off
    (344,825 )     -       (50,000 )     (7,210 )     (402,035 )
Ending Balance
  $ 1,845,126     $ 544,854     $ 81,417     $ 10,319     $ 2,481,716  
                                         
Amount allocated to:
                                       
   Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment
  $ 750,000     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 750,000  
   Loans collectively evaluated
        for impairment
    1,095,126       544,854       81,417       10,319       1,731,716  
Ending balance
  $ 1,845,126     $ 544,854     $ 81,417     $ 10,319     $ 2,481,716  
                                         

 
89

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses were as follows during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
 December 31,
 
2008
 
       
 Beginning balance
  $ 1,586,737  
 Provision for loan losses
    415,000  
 Recoveries
    454  
      2,002,191  
 Loans charged off
    (18,440 )
 Ending balance
  $ 1,983,751  

 
Our recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 related to each balance in the allowance for possible loan losses by portfolio segment and disaggregated on the basis of our impairment methodology was as follows:
 
December 31, 2010
 
Real
Estate
   
Commercial
   
Boats
   
Other
Consumer
   
Total
 
Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment with
            specific reserve
  $ 1,616,317     $ -     $ -     $ -       1,616,317  
Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment without
            specific reserve
    2,273,029       2,020,309       -       -       4,293,338  
Loans collectively evaluated
        for impairment
    201,096,650       81,502,747       11,621,392       1,458,486       295,679,275  
Ending balance
  $ 204,985,996     $ 83,523,056     $ 11,621,392     $ 1,458,486     $ 301,588,930  
                                         
December 31, 2009
 
Real
Estate
   
Commercial
   
Boats
   
Other
Consumer
   
Total
 
Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment with
            specific reserve
  $ 1,972,739     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,972,739  
Loans individually evaluated
        for impairment without
            specific reserve
    3,734,900       2,080,745       -       -       5,815,645  
Loans collectively evaluated
        for impairment
    172,516,950       72,093,655       13,120,566       1,501,587       259,232,758  
Ending balance
  $ 178,224,589     $ 74,174,400     $ 13,120,566     $ 1,501,587     $ 267,021,142  
                                         


The following table outlines the maturity and rate repricing distribution of the loan portfolio.  For purposes of this disclosure, we have classified non-accrual loans as immediately repricing or maturing.

 
90

 

5.
Loans (Continued)

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Within one year
  $ 124,914,560     $ 101,809,560     $ 91,649,352  
 Over one to five years
    149,488,074       131,119,339       118,762,804  
 Over five years
    27,186,296       34,092,243       22,255,192  
    $ 301,588,930     $ 267,021,142     $ 232,667,348  
 
 
The Bank has pledged loans totaling $60,856,103 to support Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings.

The Bank makes loans to customers located in the Maryland suburbs of Washington D.C.  Residential and commercial real estate secure substantial portions of the Bank’s loans.  Although the loan portfolio is diversified, the regional real estate market and economy will influence its performance.

6.
Restricted Equity Securities

 
We own the following restricted equity securities:

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Federal Reserve Bank stock
  $ 827,050     $ 1,037,050     $ 827,050  
Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock
    12,000       12,000       12,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    1,548,700       1,733,600       1,112,500  
Maryland Financial Bank stock
    175,000       175,000       175,000  
Total
  $ 2,562,750     $ 2,957,650     $ 2,126,550  

 
We have recorded these securities at cost and have not evaluated them for impairment.


 
91

 

7.
Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC

On November 17, 2008, we purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.5% membership interest in Pointer Ridge.  The effective date of the purchase was November 1, 2008.  As a result of this purchase, we now own 62.5% of Pointer Ridge and we have consolidated its results of operations from the date of the acquisition.  Prior to the acquisition date of a majority interest, we accounted for our investment in Pointer Ridge using the equity method.  The following table summarizes the condensed Balance Sheets and Statements of Income information for Pointer Ridge.
 
Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC
             
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Balance Sheets
                 
Current assets
  $ 758,257     $ 891,233     $ 540,105  
Non-current assets
    7,252,413       7,432,268       7,619,352  
Liabilities
    6,397,360       6,480,230       6,548,760  
Equity
    1,613,310       1,843,271       1,610,697  
                         
Statements of Income
                       
Revenue
  $ 822,920     $ 1,239,137     $ 1,014,136  
Expenses
    1,017,184       1,006,563       1,019,577  
Net income (loss)
  $ (194,264 )   $ 232,574     $ (5,441 )

We purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.5% membership interest at the book value which was equivalent to the fair value.  Accordingly, we did not record any goodwill with this purchase.

 
92

 

8.
Premises and Equipment

 
A summary of our premises and equipment and the related depreciation follows:

December 31,
Useful lives
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                     
Land
 
  $ 5,061,583     $ 5,061,583     $ 2,959,864  
Building
5-50 years
    10,231,125       10,188,380       7,351,089  
Leasehold improvements
3-30 years
    2,225,181       2,171,310       1,890,119  
Furniture and equipment
3-23 years
    2,623,752       2,384,207       2,005,424  
        20,141,641       19,805,480       14,206,496  
Accumulated depreciation
      3,274,080       2,479,381       1,818,450  
Net premises and equipment
    $ 16,867,561     $ 17,326,099     $ 12,388,046  
                           
Depreciation expense
    $ 794,494     $ 676,127     $ 420,595  
                           
 
 
Computer software included in other assets, and related amortization, are as follows:

 Cost
 3 years
  $ 224,028     $ 224,028     $ 214,670  
 Accumulated amortization
      217,519       204,280       181,063  
 Net computer software
    $ 6,509     $ 19,748     $ 33,607  
                           
 Amortization expense
    $ 13,239     $ 23,218     $ 26,934  
 
 
9.
Deposits

 
Major classifications of interest bearing deposits are as follows:

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Money market and NOW
  $ 70,997,729     $ 43,424,979     $ 31,852,127  
Savings
    9,504,226       7,578,780       5,504,261  
Other time deposits-$100,000 and over
    67,580,248       58,681,241       44,319,687  
Other time deposits
    124,950,239       135,779,373       109,874,446  
    $ 273,032,442     $ 245,464,373     $ 191,550,521  
 
Time deposits mature as follows:

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Within three months
  $ 59,635,580     $ 63,785,047     $ 44,327,104  
Over three to twelve months
    71,565,952       82,433,333       55,066,817  
Over one to three years
    52,512,370       42,526,579       46,923,119  
Over three to five years
    8,816,585       5,715,655       7,877,093  
    $ 192,530,487     $ 194,460,614     $ 154,194,133  
                         
 
 
 
93

 
 
9.
Deposits (Continued)

Interest on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, consisted of the following:

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Money market and NOW
  $ 480,613     $ 171,476     $ 321,164  
 Savings
    27,487       25,602       39,492  
 Other time deposits - $100,000 and over
    1,464,554       1,608,367       1,490,587  
 Other time deposits
    1,947,684       2,747,654       3,250,365  
    $ 3,920,338     $ 4,553,099     $ 5,101,608  
 
10.
Short Term Borrowings

 
Bancshares has available an unsecured $3 million line of credit. The Bank has available lines of credit including overnight federal funds and reverse repurchase agreements from its correspondent banks totaling $29.5 million as of December 31, 2010.  The Bank has an additional secured line of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) of $120.9 million. Prior to allowing the Bank to borrow under the line of credit, the FHLB also requires that the Bank provide collateral to support borrowings.  At December 31, 2010, we had provided $60.9 million in collateral value and as outlined below have borrowed $10.0 million.  We have additional available borrowing capacity of $50.9 million.  We may increase this availability by pledging additional collateral.  As a condition of obtaining the line of credit from the FHLB, the FHLB also requires that the Bank purchase shares of capital stock in the FHLB.

 
Short term borrowings consist of promissory notes sold to the Bank’s customers, federal funds purchased and advances from the FHLB.

 
The Bank sells short term promissory notes to its customers. These notes re-price daily and have maturities of 270 days or less.  Federal funds purchased are unsecured, overnight borrowings from other financial institutions.  Short term borrowings from the FHLB have a remaining maturity of less than one year.
 
Information relating to short term borrowings is as follows:

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                                     
   
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
 
Amount outstanding at year end
                               
  Short term promissory notes
  $ 5,669,332       0.50 %   $ 11,149,939       0.50 %   $ 17,773,934       0.50 %
  FHLB advance due  Nov. 2010
    -               5,000,000       3.66 %     -          
Total
  $ 5,669,332             $ 16,149,939             $ 17,773,934          
                                                 
Average for the year
                                               
  Short term promissory notes
  $ 17,103,742       0.68 %   $ 14,928,390       0.62 %   $ 18,954,799       1.36 %
  FHLB advance due Nov. 2010
    4,566,438       3.66 %     1,837,268       3.66 %     -          
  Federal funds purchased
    -               603       0.66 %     253,338       0.66 %
Total
  $ 21,670,180             $ 16,766,261             $ 19,208,137          
                                                 
 
 
 
 
94

 


11.
Long Term Borrowings

At December 31, 2010, the Bank had two advances, in the amount of $5,000,000 each, from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) totaling $10,000,000.  The 3.3575% FHLB borrowing matures December 12, 2012.  Interest is payable on the 12 th day of each March, June, September and December.  On any interest payment date, the FHLB has the option to convert the interest rate on this advance from a fixed rate to a three (3) month LIBOR based variable rate.

 
The 3.119% FHLB borrowing matures December 19, 2012.  Interest is payable on the 19 th day of each month.  On any interest payment date, the FHLB has the option to convert the interest rate on this advance from a fixed rate to a one (1) month LIBOR based variable rate.

 
The Senior note is an obligation of Pointer Ridge.  It has a 10 year fixed interest rate of 6.28% and matures on September 5, 2016.


 
                                     
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                                     
   
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
 
Amount outstanding at year end
                               
  FHLB advance due Nov. 2010
  $ -     %     $ -     %     $ 5,000,000       3.660 %
  FHLB advance due Dec. 2012
    5,000,000       3.358       5,000,000       3.358       5,000,000       3.358  
  FHLB advance due Dec. 2012
    5,000,000       3.119       5,000,000       3.119       5,000,000       3.119  
  Senior note
    6,371,947       6.280       6,454,067       6.280       6,531,133       6.280  
Total
  $ 16,371,947             $ 16,454,067             $ 21,531,133          
                                                 
Average for the year
                                               
  FHLB advance due Nov. 2010
  $ -     %     $ 4,561,644       3.660 %   $ 5,000,000       3.660 %
  FHLB advance due Dec. 2012
    5,000,000       3.358       5,000,000       3.358       5,000,000       3.358  
  FHLB advance due Dec. 2012
    5,000,000       3.119       5,000,000       3.119       5,000,000       3.119  
  Senior note, fixed at 6.28%
    6,409,188       6.280       6,489,559       6.280       546,018       6.280  
Total
  $ 16,409,188             $ 21,051,203             $ 15,546,018          
                                                 

 
Principal payments on long term debt obligations are due as follows:

Year
 
Amount
 
2011
  $ 88,666  
2012
    10,094,463  
2013
    100,639  
2014
    107,219  
2015
    114,229  
Remaining
    5,866,731  
    $ 16,371,947  


 
95

 

12.
Related Party Transactions

 
The Bank has entered into various transactions with firms in which owners are also members of the Board of Directors.  Fees charged for these services are at similar rates charged by unrelated parties for similar work. Amounts paid to these related parties totaled $369, $21,566, and $15,481, during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 
Effective November 1, 2008, we purchased Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.’s 12.5% membership interest in Pointer Ridge for the book value of $205,000.  This purchase increased Bancshares’ membership interest from 50.0% to 62.5%.  Frank Lucente, a director of Bancshares and the Bank, is the President and 52.0% stockholder of Lucente Enterprises, Inc.  Lucente Enterprises, Inc. is the manager and majority member of Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C.  Lucente Enterprises has retained its 12.5% membership interest in Pointer Ridge.  In 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Bank paid Pointer Ridge $542,290, $526,494 and $513,939 in lease payments, respectively.

The directors, executive officers and their affiliated companies maintained deposits with the Bank of $8,721,286,  $8,798,695, and $11,026,340, at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The schedule below summarizes changes in amounts of loans outstanding to directors and executive officers or their affiliated companies:

 
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 1,464,115     $ 889,630     $ 4,260,564  
Additions
    683,400       967,630       454,252  
Repayments
    (145,057 )     (393,145 )     (3,825,186 )
Balance at end of year
  $ 2,002,458     $ 1,464,115     $ 889,630  
 
In addition to the outstanding balances, the directors and executive officers or affiliated companies have $550,129 in unused commitments as of December 31, 2010.  In the opinion of management, these transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties.

13.
Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

 
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Current
                 
  Federal
  $ 824,005     $ 1,024,750     $ 786,677  
  State
    197,239       259,538       200,237  
      1,021,244       1,284,288       986,914  
Deferred
    (24,494 )     (228,766 )     (47,531 )
    $ 996,750     $ 1,055,522     $ 939,383  
 
 
96

 


13.
Income Taxes (Continued)
 
 
The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Provision for loan losses
  $ 110,234     $ (171,316 )   $ (163,697 )
Non-accrual interest
    (50,423 )     6,110       (22,633 )
Other real estate owned holding costs
    (20,670 )     -       -  
Organization costs
    -       -       5,132  
Director stock option expense
    (5,648 )     (8,298 )     -  
Supplemental executive retirement plan
    (86,832 )     (52,760 )     (47,036 )
Deferred loan origination costs, net
    17,571       (114,426 )     57,172  
Depreciation
    11,274       111,924       123,531  
    $ (24,494 )   $ (228,766 )   $ (47,531 )
 
 
The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Deferred tax assets
                 
   Allowance for loan losses
  $ 823,454     $ 933,688     $ 762,372  
   Non-accrual interest
    78,120       27,697       33,807  
   Other real estate owned holding costs
    20,670       -       -  
   Director stock option expense
    26,087       20,439       12,141  
   Supplemental executive retirement plan
    265,484       178,652       125,892  
      1,213,815       1,160,476       934,212  
                         
 Deferred tax liabilities
                       
   Deferred loan origination costs
    310,450       292,879       407,305  
   Depreciation
    460,012       448,738       336,814  
   Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    177,802       240,285       255,744  
      948,264       981,902       999,863  
 Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ 265,551     $ 178,574     $ (65,651 )
                         
 
 
97

 

13.
Income Taxes (Continued)

The differences between the federal income tax rate of 34 percent and our effective tax rate are reconciled as follows:
 
 December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Statutory federal income tax rate
    34.0 %     34.0 %     34.0 %
 Increase (decrease) resulting from
                       
   State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    5.7       4.0       4.3  
   Tax exempt income
    (3.1 )     (1.8 )     (0.9 )
   Stock based compensation awards
    1.3       1.1       1.3  
   Other non-deductible expenses
    6.1       0.3       0.3  
   Bank owned life insurance
    (3.9 )     (3.5 )     (4.1 )
   Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest
    1.0       (0.9 )     -  
 Effective tax rate
    41.1 %     33.2 %     34.9 %
                         
 
14.
Retirement Plan

Eligible employees participate in a profit sharing plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The plan allows for elective employee deferrals and the Bank makes matching contributions of up to 4% of eligible employee compensation.  Our contributions to the plan, included in employee benefit expenses, were $158,523, $132,284, and $128,189 for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The Bank also offers Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs) to its executive officers providing for retirement income benefits.  We accrue the present value of the SERPs over the remaining number of years to the executives’ expected retirement dates. The Bank’s expenses for the SERPs were $221,814, $133,758, and $119,245 in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
 
 
98

 


15.
Capital Standards

 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board have adopted risk-based capital standards for banking organizations.  These standards require ratios of capital to assets for minimum capital adequacy and to be classified as well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions.  As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the capital ratios and minimum capital requirements are as follows:
 
               
Minimum capital
   
To be well
 
   
Actual
   
adequacy
   
capitalized
 
December 31, 2010
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
                               
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                           
 
 
           Consolidated
  $ 39,249       12.4 %   $ 25,362       8.0 %   $ 31,703       10.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 37,960       12.0 %   $ 25,232       8.0 %   $ 31,540       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                         
           Consolidated
  $ 36,781       11.6 %   $ 12,681       4.0 %   $ 19,022       6.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 35,492       11.3 %   $ 12,616       4.0 %   $ 18,924       6.0 %
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
                                               
           Consolidated
  $ 36,781       9.2 %   $ 16,057       4.0 %   $ 20,071       5.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 35,492       8.9 %   $ 15,991       4.0 %   $ 19,989       5.0 %
                                                 
December 31, 2009
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
                                                 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                         
           Consolidated
  $ 38,053       13.7 %   $ 22,239       8.0 %   $ 27,799       10.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 36,444       12.8 %   $ 22,700       8.0 %   $ 28,385       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                         
           Consolidated
  $ 35,571       12.8 %   $ 11,120       4.0 %   $ 16,679       6.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 33,962       12.0 %   $ 11,354       4.0 %   $ 17,031       6.0 %
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
                                               
           Consolidated
  $ 35,571       10.0 %   $ 14,228       4.0 %   $ 17,785       5.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 33,962       9.6 %   $ 14,181       4.0 %   $ 17,727       5.0 %
                                                 
December 31, 2008
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
                                                 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                         
           Consolidated
  $ 43,278       17.4 %   $ 19,884       8.0 %   $ 24,856       10.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 41,596       16.8 %   $ 19,766       8.0 %   $ 24,707       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
                                         
           Consolidated
  $ 41,294       16.6 %   $ 9,942       4.0 %   $ 14,913       6.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 39,612       16.0 %   $ 9,883       4.0 %   $ 14,824       6.0 %
    Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
                                               
           Consolidated
  $ 41,294       14.0 %   $ 11,767       4.0 %   $ 14,708       5.0 %
           Old Line Bank
  $ 39,612       13.5 %   $ 11,707       4.0 %   $ 14,634       5.0 %
                                                 
 
Tier 1 capital consists of common and preferred stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.  Total capital includes a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses.  In calculating risk weighted assets, specified risk percentages are applied to each category of asset and off balance sheet items.

 
Failure to meet the capital requirement could affect our ability to pay dividends and accept deposits and may significantly affect our operations.

 
In the most recent regulatory report, we were categorized as well capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.  Management knows of no events or conditions that should change this classification.

 
99

 
 
16.
Commitments and Contingencies
 
As of December 31, 2010, we leased seven branch locations and one loan production office from non-related parties under lease agreements expiring through 2040.  We lease our corporate headquarters and one branch location from Pointer Ridge.  Each of the leases provides extension options.
 
On January 3, 2011, we entered into an agreement to lease 3,682 square feet of space on the 1 st floor of an office building located at 2530 Riva Road, Annapolis, Maryland 21401.  We plan to move our Annapolis branch currently located at 167 Jennifer Road, Suite U, Annapolis, Maryland 21401 to this facility.  We are currently evaluating alternative uses for the facility located at Jennifer Road.  Because this event occurred subsequent to year end, we have included the lease at Jennifer Road and excluded the lease at Riva Road in the following table.
 
The approximate future minimum lease commitments under the operating leases as of December 31, 2010, are presented below.  We have eliminated 62.5% of lease commitments to Pointer Ridge in consolidation.
 
  Year
 
Amount
 
       
2011
  $ 664,590  
2012
    662,468  
2013
    608,461  
2014
    548,274  
2015
    525,074  
Remaining
    8,719,768  
    $ 11,728,635  

 
 
Rent expense was $521,637, $475,113, and $796,429, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

On August 25, 2006, Pointer Ridge entered into a loan agreement with an unrelated bank, in an original principal amount of $6.6 million to finance the commercial office building located at 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Maryland.  We lease approximately half of this building for our main office and operate a branch from this address.  Pursuant to the terms of a guaranty between the bank and Bancshares dated August 25, 2006, Bancshares has guaranteed up to 62.5% of the loan amount plus costs incurred by the lender resulting from any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions.

 
In the normal course of business, the Bank is involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the Bank's financial statements.


 
100

 

17.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

On January 1, 2008, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability, or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.  The Bank values investment securities classified as available for sale at fair value.  The fair value hierarchy established in FASB ASC Topic 820 defines three input levels for fair value measurement.  Level 1 is based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 is based on significant observable inputs other than those in Level 1.  Level 3 is based on significant unobservable inputs.

We value investment securities classified as available for sale at fair value on a recurring basis.  We value treasury securities, municipalities, government sponsored entity securities, and some agency securities under Level 1, and collateralized mortgage obligations and some agency securities under Level 2.  At December 31, 2010, we established values for available for sale investment securities as follows (000’s);

   
Total Fair Value
December 31, 2010
   
Level 1
Inputs
   
Level 2
Inputs
   
Level 3
Inputs
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 33,050     $ 2,111     $ 30,939     $ -
                                 
   
Total Fair Value
December 31, 2009
   
Level 1
Inputs
   
Level 2
Inputs
   
Level 3
Inputs
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 28,013     $ 4,708     $ 23,305     $ -
 
 
Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.  While management believes our methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value.  Furthermore, we have not comprehensively revalued the fair value amounts since the presentation dates, and therefore, estimates of fair value after the balance sheet date may differ significantly from the above presented amounts.

We value other real estate owned at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  We measure other real estate owned at fair value less cost to sell.  As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of foreclosed assets was estimated to be $1,153,039.  We determined fair value based on offers to purchase and/or appraisals.  We based the cost to sell real estate on standard market factors.  We categorize foreclosed real estate as Level 3.


 
101

 

 
 
17.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Transactions in other real estate owned during the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows:

Beginning of year balance
    -  
Additions
  $ 1,376,208  
Proceeds from sale
    (415,893 )
Gain on sale
    192,724  
End of year balances
  $ 1,153,039  

 
We use the following methodologies for estimating fair values of financial instruments that we do not measure on a recurring or non-recurring basis.  The estimated fair values of financial instruments equal the carrying value of the instruments except as noted.

Time deposits -The fair value of time deposits in other banks is an estimate determined by discounting future cash flows using current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Investment securities- The fair values of investment securities are based upon quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Loans- The fair value of fixed rate loans is an estimate determined by discounting future cash flows using current rates for which the Bank would make similar loans to borrowers with similar credit histories. The book value of variable rate loans equals the fair value.

Interest bearing deposits- The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand.  The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is an estimate using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Long and short term borrowings- The fair value of long and short term fixed rate borrowings is estimated by discounting the value of contractual cash flows using rates currently offered for advances with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Loan commitments, Standby and Commercial letters of credit -Lending commitments have variable interest rates and “escape” clauses if the customer’s credit quality deteriorates.  Therefore, the fair value of these items is insignificant and is not included in the following table.



 
102

 

 
17.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

   
Carrying amount
   
Fair value
 
December 31, 2010
           
 Financial assets
           
   Time deposits
  $ 297,000     $ 297,482  
   Investment securities
    54,786,264       55,015,376  
   Loans
    299,606,430       301,862,245  
                 
 Financial liabilities
               
   Interest bearing deposits
  $ 273,032,442     $ 274,003,958  
   Short term borrowings
    5,669,332       5,669,332  
   Long term borrowings
    16,371,947       10,618,094  
December 31, 2009
               
 Financial assets
               
   Time deposits
  $ 15,031,102     $ 15,491,899  
   Investment securities
    33,819,455       34,089,713  
   Loans
    265,008,669       269,907,318  
                 
 Financial liabilities
               
   Interest bearing deposits
  $ 245,464,373     $ 247,456,675  
   Short term borrowings
    16,149,939       16,297,360  
   Long term borrowings
    16,454,067       17,261,757  
December 31, 2008
               
 Financial assets
               
   Time deposits
  $ 13,267,000     $ 13,276,560  
   Investment securities
    37,569,367       37,800,989  
   Loans
    231,053,618       233,640,929  
 
               
 Financial liabilities
               
   Interest bearing deposits
  $ 191,550,521     $ 194,267,851  
   Long term borrowings
    21,531,133       22,314,640  

 
103

 


18.
Acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc.

 
On September 1, 2010, Bancshares and Maryland Bankcorp, Inc., the parent company of Maryland Bank & Trust Company, N.A., announced the execution of a definitive merger agreement (“the Merger Agreement”) that provides for the acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. by Bancshares for approximately, $20 million, or approximately $30.93 per share, in cash and stock, subject to adjustment (the “total consideration”).

 
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. will be merged with and into Bancshares with Bancshares surviving the merger.  Immediately after the merger, Maryland Bank & Trust Company, N.A. will merge with and into the Bank, with the Bank being the surviving bank.

 
The acquisition will increase Bancshares’s total assets by more than $349 million for total assets immediately after closing of approximately $750 million.  The acquisition will add ten full service branches to the Bank’s existing ten branch network. This acquisition will create the sixth-largest independent commercial bank based in Maryland, with assets of more than $750 million and with 20 full service branches serving five counties.

 
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, stockholders of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. will receive at their election, cash or shares of Bancshares, in a dollar amount generally equal to the total consideration divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc., provided that the aggregate cash consideration to be paid to stockholders of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc. will not exceed $1 million, or about 5% of the total consideration, unless increased by Bancshares in its sole discretion, and subject to further adjustments as described in the Merger Agreement.

The following is an outline of the expenses that we have incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 in conjunction with the merger:
 
 
Data processing
  $ 132,500  
Salaries
    96,729  
Advisory & legal fees
    345,140  
Total
  $ 574,369  



 
104

 

19.
Other Operating Expenses

 
Other operating expenses that are significant are as follows:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Advertising
  $ 61,816     $ 41,787     $ 30,102  
Audit & exam fees
    84,500       60,500       67,000  
Branch security costs
    57,940       44,020       45,417  
Business development
    138,360       116,819       96,418  
Courier fees
    16,347       15,680       30,435  
Director fees
    220,533       137,698       124,450  
Executive life insurance
    56,538       49,335       40,036  
Internet banking
    64,033       45,275       34,930  
Janitorial
    83,425       74,447       66,159  
Organizational & legal expenses
    79,305       68,491       43,944  
Other real estate owned expense
    72,153       -       -  
Pointer Ridge other operating
    413,484       405,868       24,414  
Stationery & supplies
    76,145       64,037       75,107  
Telephone
    60,683       57,513       50,069  
Travel & Accomodations
    52,768       41,859       34,258  
Other
    637,770       641,492       511,402  
Total
  $ 2,175,800     $ 1,864,821     $ 1,274,141  
                         
                         

 
105

 

20.           Parent Company Financial Information

The balance sheets, statements of income, and statements of cash flows for Bancshares (Parent Company) follow:

 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
                 
Balance Sheets
                 
December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
                 
   Cash and due from banks
  $ 12,097     $ 95,232     $ 164,263  
   Loans
    272,889       275,920       551,752  
   Investment in real estate LLC
    1,008,319       1,152,044       1,006,686  
   Investment in Old Line Bank
    35,765,610       34,331,418       40,004,678  
   Other assets
    132,952       120,918       9,321  
    $ 37,191,867     $ 35,975,532     $ 41,736,700  
 
                       
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
                       
   Accounts payable
  $ 138,109     $ 34,628     $ 49,858  
                         
Stockholders' equity
                       
   Preferred stock
    -       -       6,703,591  
   Common stock
    38,917       38,624       38,624  
   Additional paid-in capital
    29,206,617       29,034,954       28,838,810  
   Warrants to purchase common stock
    -       -       301,434  
   Retained earnings
    7,535,268       6,498,446       5,411,772  
   Accumulated other comprehensive income
    272,956       368,880       392,611  
 
    37,053,758       35,940,904       41,686,842  
 
  $ 37,191,867     $ 35,975,532     $ 41,736,700  
                         
                         
 
 
106

 

20.
Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
                 
Statements of Income
                 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Interest and dividend revenue
                 
   Dividend from Old Line Bank
  $ 465,844     $ 653,067     $ 445,943  
   Interest on money market and certificates of deposit
    797       612       5,921  
   Interest on loans
    20,867       37,019       76,783  
Total interest and dividend revenue
    487,508       690,698       528,647  
                         
Non-interest revenue
    (121,416 )     145,359       (4,335 )
                         
Non-interest expense
    491,938       129,134       117,381  
                         
Income before income taxes
    (125,846 )     706,923       406,931  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (98,394 )     21,243       (14,775 )
      (27,452 )     685,680       421,706  
                         
Undistributed net income of Old Line Bank
    1,530,116       1,350,470       1,334,412  
                         
Net income
  $ 1,502,664     $ 2,036,150     $ 1,756,118  
                         

 

 
107

 

20.
Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

 Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
                 
 Statements of Cash Flows
                 
 Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
 Cash flows from operating activities
                 
    Interest and dividends received
  $ 487,521     $ 692,352     $ 530,833  
    Income taxes (refund received)
    -       (8,613 )     (35,894 )
    Reimbursement received (cash paid)
     for operating expenses
    (183,983 )     (126,231 )     219,457  
 
    303,538       557,508       714,396  
 Cash flows from investing activities
                       
    Principal collected on loans made
    3,031       275,832       872,565  
    Investment in Old Line Bank
    -       7,000,000       (7,000,000 )
    Return of principal from (investment in) real estate LLC
    22,309       -       (205,050 )
      25,340       7,275,832       (6,332,485 )
 Cash flows from financing activities
                       
    Proceeds from stock options exercised, including tax benefit
    53,829       -       18,777  
    Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
    -       -       7,000,000  
    Repurchase of preferred stock & warrants
    -       (7,225,000 )     -  
    Repurchase of common stock
    -       -       (1,751,655 )
    Cash dividends paid-preferred stock
    -       (213,888 )     -  
    Cash dividends paid-common stock
    (465,842 )     (463,483 )     (470,249 )
 
    (412,013 )     (7,902,371 )     4,796,873  
 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (83,135 )     (69,031 )     (821,216 )
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    95,232       164,263       985,479  
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 12,097     $ 95,232     $ 164,263  
 
Reconciliation of net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities
 
    Net income
  $ 1,502,664     $ 2,036,150     $ 1,756,118  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities
 
        Undistributed net income of Old Line Bank
    (1,530,116 )     (1,350,470 )     (1,334,412 )
        Stock based compensation awards
    118,127       119,711       104,541  
        Decrease in deferred income taxes
    -       -       5,132  
        (Income) loss from investment in real estate LLC
    121,416       (145,359 )     4,335  
        Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    103,481       9,073       (1,063 )
        (Increase) decrease in other assets
    (12,034 )     (111,597 )     179,745  
    $ 303,538     $ 557,508     $ 714,396  
                         
 
 
 
108

 
 
21.           Stockholders’ Equity

 
Stock Options

We have three stock option plans under which we may issue options, the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, the 2004 and 2010 Equity Incentive Plans.  Our Compensation Committee administers the stock option plans.  As the plans outline, the Compensation Committee approves stock option grants to directors and employees, determines the number of shares, the type of option, the option price, the term (not to exceed 10 years from the date of issuance) and the vesting period of options issued.  The Compensation Committee has approved and we have granted options vesting immediately as well as over periods of two, three and five years.  We recognize the compensation expense associated with these grants over their respective vesting period.  As of December 31, 2010, there were 281,308 shares remaining available for future issuance under the stock option plans.  The source of shares exercised is authorized but unissued shares.

The intrinsic value of the options that directors and officers exercised for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $55,659, $0, and $7,040, respectively.

A summary of the status of the outstanding options follows:
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
         
Weighted
 
   
Number
   
average
   
Number
   
average
   
Number
   
average
 
   
of shares
 
exercise price
 
of shares
 
exercise price
 
of shares
 
exercise price
                                     
Outstanding, beginning of year
    299,270     $ 8.50       236,620     $ 9.09       216,920     $ 9.37  
Options granted
    22,581       7.13       62,650       6.30       37,300       7.75  
Options exercised
    (11,700 )     3.44       -       -       (3,600 )     4.44  
Options expired
    -       -       -       -       (14,000 )     11.09  
Outstanding, end of year
    310,151     $ 8.60       299,270     $ 8.50       236,620     $ 9.09  
                                                 
 
                                 
     
Outstanding options
   
Exercisable options
 
Exercise
price
   
Number
of shares at
December 31, 2010
 
Weighted
average
remaining
term in years
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
   
Number
of shares at
December 31, 2010
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
                                 
$ 4.18 - $5.00       18,000       1.55     $ 4.69       18,000     $ 4.69  
$ 5.01 - $7.64       85,231       8.34       6.52       60,820       6.51  
$ 7.65 - $8.65       37,300       7.09       7.75       37,300       7.75  
$ 8.66 - $10.00       46,620       3.64       9.74       46,620       9.74  
$ 10.01 - $11.31       123,000       5.31       10.43       119,000       10.42  
          310,151       5.89     $ 8.60       281,740     $ 8.74  
                                             
Intrinsic value of vested exercisable
options where the market value
exceeds the exercise price
  $ 166,692                          
Intrinsic value of outstanding options where the market value exceeds
the exercise price
 
                                             
                $ 203,406                          
                                             
 

 
109

 

22.           Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 
At December 31, 2010, there was $88,467 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options that we expect to realize over the next 3.5 years.   The following table summarizes the fair values of the options granted and weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the fair values.  We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Expected dividends
    2 %     2 %     2 %
Risk free interest rate
    3.04 %     2.15 %     3.31 %
Expected volatility
    27.60 %     25.40 %     20.80 %
Weighted average volatility
    27.64 %     25.39 %     20.79 %
Expected life in years
    6.00       6.8-10.0       7.80  
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  $ 1.90     $ 1.57     $ 1.94  
 
 
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we granted 17,641 restricted common stock awards.  Of these, 3,600 vested on December 31, 2010, 4,680 will vest on January 31, 2011, 4,681 will vest on January 28, 2012 and 4,680 will vest on January 28, 2013.  We did not grant any restricted common stock awards during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  A summary of the restricted stock awards during the year follows:

 
 
December 31, 2010
 
   
2010
       
   
Number
 
Weighted
 
   
of shares
 
average
 
       
grant date
fair value
 
       
fair value
 
             
Restricted stock, beginning of period
    -     $ -  
Restricted stock granted
    17,641       7.13  
Restricted stock vested
    (3,600 )     7.13  
Restricted stock forfeited
    -       -  
Restricted stock, end of period
    14,041     $ 7.13  
                 
Intrinsic value of outstanding restricted
stock awards
where the market value exceeds the
exercise price
  $ 113,170  
Intrinsic value of vested restricted
stock awards
where the market value exceeds the
exercise price
  $ 29,016  
                 
 
 
 
 
110

 

23.           Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

Preferred stock

 
On December 5, 2008, Bancshares issued 7,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $1 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”) with a liquidation preference per share equal to $1,000 and a ten year warrant to purchase up to 141,892 shares of Bancshares’ common stock, $0.01 par value per share, at an exercise price of $7.40 per share, for a total purchase price of $7 million in cash as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program-Capital Purchase Program of the U.S. Treasury (“Treasury”).  Bancshares allocated the cash proceeds between the Series A Preferred Stock and the warrant to purchase common stock based on the relative estimated fair values at the date of issuance.

In July of 2009, we repurchased from the Treasury the 7,000 shares of preferred stock that we issued to them.  We paid Treasury $7,058,333 to repurchase the preferred stock which reflects the liquidation value of the preferred stock and $58,333 of accrued but unpaid dividends.  In August 2009, we also repurchased at a fair market value of $225,000 the warrant to purchase 141,892 shares of our common stock.

24.           Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 
The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations

 
Three months ended
 
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)

 
 
2010
 
December 31,
   
September 30,
   
June 30,
   
March 31,
 
Interest revenue
  $ 4,786     $ 4,759     $ 4,574     $ 4,390  
Interest expense
    1,179       1,234       1,281       1,248  
Net interest income
    3,607       3,525       3,293       3,142  
Provision for loan losses
    642       200       170       70  
Net income available to common stockholders
    195       313       530       465  
Basic earnings per common share
    0.05       0.08       0.14       0.12  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.05       0.08       0.13       0.12  
                                 
2009
 
December 31,
   
September 30,
   
June 30,
   
March 31,
 
Interest revenue
  $ 4,374     $ 4,392     $ 4,227     $ 4,102  
Interest expense
    1,308       1,406       1,416       1,450  
Net interest income
    3,066       2,986       2,811       2,652  
Provision for loan losses
    140       210       250       300  
Net income available to common stockholders
    466       227       447       410  
Basic earnings per common share
    0.12       0.06       0.12       0.11  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.12       0.06       0.12       0.11  
                                 
2008
 
December 31,
   
September 30,
   
June 30,
   
March 31,
 
Interest revenue
  $ 3,991     $ 3,937     $ 3,726     $ 3,770  
Interest expense
    1,543       1,460       1,366       1,541  
Net interest income
    2,448       2,477       2,360       2,229  
Provision for loan losses
    70       180       127       38  
Net income available to common stockholders
    352       433       497       445  
Basic earnings per common share
    0.09       0.11       0.13       0.11  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.09       0.11       0.13       0.11  
                                 
 
 
 
 
111

 

 
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting matters and financial disclosures for the reporting periods presented.

Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, Old Line Bancshares’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s disclosure controls and procedures.  Based upon that evaluation, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2010.  Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

In addition, there were no changes in Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The internal control over financial reporting has been designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
Management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, utilizing the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 is effective.
 
Item 9B.
Other Information

None


 
112

 

PART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics

Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. That Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is posted on Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s internet website at www.oldlinebank.com .  A copy of the Code of Conduct that applies to all of Old Line Bancshares’ and Old Line Bank’s officers, directors and employees is also available on Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s internet website.

The remaining information required by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Board Meetings and Committees”, “Executive Compensation” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

Item 11.
Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation” and “Board Meetings and Committees” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

     The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2010, with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of Old Line Bancshares are authorized for issuance.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
Plan Category
 
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
 
Weighted average exercise
price of outstanding
options , warrants and
rights
 
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
 
310,151
 
8.60
 
281,308

(1)
Includes the 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended, the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.  The 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, were approved by security holders of Old Line Bank and its predecessor, Old Line National Bank.  Effective September 15, 2003, all of the then stockholders of Old Line Bank became stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.  The 2004 and 2010 Equity Incentive Plans were approved by security holders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

The remaining information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Security Ownership of Management and Certain Security Holders” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

 
113

 

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.

Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Audit and Non-Audit Fees
 
The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by Rowles & Company, LLP for the audit of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s annual consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and fees billed for other services rendered by Rowles & Company, LLP during those periods.
 
   
Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Audit fees (1)
  $ 47,560     $ 45,500  
Tax fees (2)
    8,219       7,567  
All other fees (3)
    7,932       -  
Total
  $ 63,711     $ 53,067  
 

 

(1) Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s consolidated (or Old Line Bank’s) annual financial statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports, and services that Rowles & Company, LLP normally provides in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

(2) Tax Fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for federal and state tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

(3) All Other Fees in 2010 are for reviewing filings and assistance related to the pending acquisition of Maryland Bankcorp, Inc.

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditor
 
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s audit committee approves the engagement before Old Line Bancshares, Inc. or Old Line Bank engages the independent auditor to render any audit or non-audit services.
 

 
114

 


 
PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit No.
                   Description of Exhibits
2.1(V)
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Maryland Bankcorp, Inc., dated as of September 1, 2010, and Amendment No. 1 thereto
3.1(A)
Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
3.1.1(L)
Articles of Amendment of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
3.1.2(L)
Articles of Amendment of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
3.1.3(T)
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. Articles Supplementary Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A.
3.2(A)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
3.2.1 (W)
Amendment to Amended and Restate Bylaws
4(A)
Specimen Stock Certificate for Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
10.1
10.2(K)
Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and James W. Cornelsen
10.3(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Salary Continuation Agreement between Old Line Bank and James W. Cornelsen
10.4(K)
Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and James W. Cornelsen
10.5(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Old Line Bank and James W. Cornelsen
10.6
10.7(K)
Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and Joseph Burnett
10.8(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Salary Continuation Agreement between Old Line Bank and Joseph Burnett
10.9(K)
Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and Joseph Burnett
10.10(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Old Line Bank and Joseph Burnett
10.11
10.12(K)
Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and Christine M. Rush
10.13(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Salary Continuation Agreement between Old Line Bank and Christine Rush
10.14(K)
Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement dated January 3, 2006 between Old Line Bank and Christine M. Rush
10.15(O)
First Amendment dated December 31, 2007 to the Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement between Old Line Bank and Christine Rush
10.16(B)
2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.17(B)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2001 Stock Option Plan
10.18(B)
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2001 Stock Option Plan
10.22(E)
2004 Equity Incentive Plan
10.23(G)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
10.23.1(X)
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
10.23.2(U)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan
10.24(G)
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Old Line Bank Director Compensation Policy

 
115

 

10.25(D)
Lease Agreement dated April 29, 1999 between Live Oak Limited Partnership and Old Line National Bank
10.26(D)
Commercial Lease Agreement dated February 14, 2002 between Adams and Company Commercial Brokers, Inc. and Old Line National Bank
10.27(F)
Commercial Lease Agreement dated July 7, 2004 by and between Ridgely I, LLC and Old Line Bank
10.28(F)
Operating Agreement for Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC among J. Webb Group, Inc., Michael M. Webb, Lucente Enterprises, Inc., Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C. and Old Line Bancshares, Inc., all as Members and Chesapeake Pointer Ridge Manager, LLC
10.29(H)
AIA Construction Agreement dated April 14, 2005 between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Waverly Construction & Management Company Inc.
10.30(H)
Incentive Plan Model and Stock Option Model
10.31(I)
Deed of Lease dated as of July 28, 2005 between Baltimore Boulevard Associates Limited Partnership and Old Line Bank
10.32(M)
First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of February 7, 2008 by and between Baltimore Boulevard Associated Limited Partnership and Old Line Bank
10.33(N)
Deed of Trust note dated November 3, 2005 between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.
10.34(N)
Completion Guaranty Agreement dated November 3, 2005 between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.
10.35(J)
Amendment of Lease Agreement dated June 5, 2006 between Ridgley I, LLC and Old Line Bank to the lease entered into July 7, 2004.
10.36(L)
Lease Agreement dated June 6, 2006 by and between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Old Line Bank (1 st Floor 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Md.).
10.37(L)
Lease Agreement dated June 6, 2006 by and between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Old Line Bank (3 rd Floor 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Md.).
10.38(L)
Lease Agreement dated June 6, 2006 by and between Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC and Old Line Bank (4 th Floor 1525 Pointer Ridge Place, Bowie, Md.).
10.39(L)
Indemnity Agreement between Old Line Bancshares, Inc. and Prudential Mortgage Capital Company, LLC dated August 25, 2006.
10.40(P)
Lease Agreement dated December 29, 2006 between Old Line Bank and Eleventh Springhill Lake Associates, LLC
10.41(R)
Lease Agreement by and between Old Line Bank and AF Limited Partnership dated May 31, 2008
10.42(S)
Agreement Of Purchase And Sale Of Membership Interests by and between Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C. and Old Line Bancshares, Inc. dated as of November 1, 2008
10.43(S)
Third Amendment To Operating Agreement For Pointer Ridge Office Investment, LLC by and between Old Line Bancshares, Inc. J. Webb, Inc., Michael M. Webb Revocable Trust, and Lucente Enterprises, Inc. dated as of November 1, 2008
10.44(S)
Assignment of Membership Interest by and between Chesapeake Custom Homes, L.L.C. and Old Line Bancshares, Inc. dated as of November 1, 2008
10.45(Y)
Agreement of Lease by and Between Millbank Partners-Riva Limited Partnership and Old Line Bank dated January 3, 2011
10.46(Z)
Old Line Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.47(Z)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.48(Z)
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.49(Z)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
10.50
10.51
21(A)
Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
31.1
31.2
 
 
 
116

 
 
32                             Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1(A)
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between Old Line Bank and Old Line Bancshares, Inc., including form of Articles of Share Exchange attached as Exhibit A thereto
99.2
Certification of Principal Executive Officer under Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program under the Troubled Asset Relief Program Pursuant to 31 C.F.R. § 30.15
99.3
Certification of Principal Financial Officer under Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program under the Troubled Asset Relief Program Pursuant to 31 C.F.R. § 30.15

(A)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB, as amended, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (File Number 000-50345).

(B)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Number 333-111587).

(C)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Number 333-113097).

(D)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB/A filed on April 8, 2004.

(E)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Number 333-116845).

(F)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed on November 8, 2004.

(G)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2005.

(H)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed on August 10, 2005.

(I)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form SB2, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Number 333-127792) filed on August 23, 2005.

(J)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed on August 10, 2006.

(K)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2006.

(L)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed on November 9, 2006.

(M)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2008.

(N)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed on March 28, 2006.
 
 
 
117

 
 

 
(O)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008.

(P)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2007.

(Q)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as a part of, and incorporated by reference from, Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2010.

(R)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2008.

(S)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2008.

(T)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 5, 2008.

(U)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-k filed on January 28, 2010.

(V)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Annex A to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Registration Number 333-170464).

(W)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2011.

(X)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 27, 2009.

(Y)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2011.

(Z)           Previously filed by Old Line Bancshares, Inc. as part of, and incorporated by reference from Appendix A to Old Line Bancshares, Inc.’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Commission on April 19, 2010.




Note: Exhibits 10.1 through 10.24, 10.30 and 10.46 through 10.51 relate to management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.



 
118

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 

   
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
     
       
Date:  ­­­March 30, 2011
 
By:
/s/ James W. Cornelsen
     
James W. Cornelsen, President
     
(Principal Executive Officer)
       
       
       
       
       
       


 
119

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
Name
Title
Date
     
/s/James W. Cornelsen
Director, President and
 
James W. Cornelsen
Chief Executive Officer
March 30, 2011
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
     
/s/Christine M. Rush
Chief Financial Officer
 
Christine M. Rush
(Principal Accounting and
 
 
Financial Officer)
March 30, 2011
     
/s/Charles A. Bongar, Jr.
Director
March 30, 2011
Charles A. Bongar, Jr.
   
     
/s/Craig E. Clark
Director and
 
Craig E. Clark
Chairman of the Board
March 30, 2011
     
     
/s / John P. Davey
Director
March 30, 2011
John P. Davey
   
     
     
/s/Daniel W. Deming
Director
March 30, 2011
Daniel W. Deming
   
     
     
/s/James F. Dent
Director
March 30, 2011
James F. Dent
   
     
     
/s/Nancy L. Gasparovic
Director
March 30, 2011
Nancy L. Gasparovic
   
     
     
/s/Andre' J. Gingles
Director
March 30, 2011
Andre' J. Gingles
   
     
     
/s/Frank Lucente, Jr.
  Director
March 30, 2011
Frank Lucente, Jr.
   
     
     
/s/Gail D. Manuel
  Director
March 30, 2011
Gail D. Manuel
   
     
     
/s/John D. Mitchell
Director
March 30, 2011
John D. Mitchell
   
     
     
/s/Gregory S. Proctor, Sr.
Director
March 30, 2011
Gregory S. Proctor, Sr.
   
     
     
/s/Suhas R. Shah
Director
March  , 2011
Suhas R. Shah
   
     
     
/s/John M. Suit , II
Director
March 30, 2011
John M. Suit, II
   

 120

 
 
Exhibit 23.1





CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


 
Board of Directors
Old Line Bancshares, Inc.
Bowie, Maryland

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-113097, 333-111587, 333-116845 and 333-168291) on Form S-8 of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. of our report dated March 21, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. included in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 
 
 
ROWLES & COMPANY, LLP


Baltimore, Maryland
March 21, 2011
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 31.1


I, James W. Cornelsen, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

Date: March 30, 2011
 
By: /s/ James W. Cornelsen
   
   
Name: James W. Cornelsen
   
   
Title: President and
Chief Executive Officer
   
         
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 31.2


I, Christine M. Rush, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Old Line Bancshares, Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date:  March 30, 2011
 
By: /s/ Christine M. Rush
   
   
Name: Christine M. Rush
   
   
Title: Executive Vice President and
   
   
Chief Financial Officer
   

 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 32


CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officers of Old Line Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) each certifies to the best of his or her knowledge that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and information contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ James W. Cornelsen

James W. Cornelsen
President and Chief Executive Officer
March 30, 2011


/s/ Christine M. Rush

Christine M. Rush
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
March 30, 2011


This certification is made solely for the purpose of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K or as a separate disclosure document, and may not be disclosed, distributed or used by any person for any reason other than as specifically required by law.

 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.1
 
 
 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 28 th day of January, 2011, between Old Line Bank (the "Bank" or “Employer”), a Maryland-chartered commercial bank, and James W. Cornelsen, a resident of the State of Maryland (the "Employee").
 
RECITALS:
 
The parties hereto entered into an employment agreement dated March 31, 2003 ("Original Agreement");
 
The Original Agreement was amended on December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005, January 1, 2007, January 1, 2008, January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2010; and
 
The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement, as amended, as provided herein.
 
In consideration of the above premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   DEFINITIONS .  Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms and their variant forms will have the meaning set forth below:
 
1.1     " Agreement " means this Agreement and any exhibits incorporated herein together with any amendments hereto made in the manner described in this Agreement.
 
1.2     " Affiliate " means any business entity which controls the Employer, is controlled by or is under common control with the Employer.
 
1.3     " Area " means the geographic area within a radius of 25 miles of Employer’s corporate headquarters.  It is the express intent of the parties that the Area as defined herein is the area where the Employee performs or performed services on behalf of the Employer under this Agreement as of, or within a reasonable time prior to, the termination of the Employee's employment hereunder.
 
1.4     " Board " means the board of directors of the Bank.
 
1.5     " Business of the Employer " means the business conducted by the Employer, which is community banking with less than one billion dollars in assets.
 
1.6     " Cause " means, any of the following events or conduct preceding a termination of employment initiated by the Employer:
 
  (a)   any act that constitutes, on the part of the Employee, fraud or dishonesty toward the Employer;
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b)   the conviction of the Employee of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude;
 
(c)   the Employee's entering into any transaction or contractual relationship (other than this Agreement) with, or diversion of business opportunity from, the Employer (other than on behalf of the Employer or with the prior written consent of the Board); provided, however, that in the case of this Clause (c), such conduct will not constitute Cause unless the Board delivers to the Employee written notice setting forth (1) the conduct deemed to qualify as Cause, (2) reasonable remedial action that might remedy such objection, and (3) a reasonable time (not less than thirty (30) days) within which the Employee may take such remedial action, and the Employee has not taken the specified remedial action with the specified reasonable time;
 
(d)   the Employee breaches the covenants contained in Sections 6, 7 or 8 hereof;
 
(e)   conduct by the Employee that results in removal of the Employee as an officer or employee of the Employer pursuant to a written order by any regulatory agency with authority or jurisdiction over the Employer; or
 
1.7     " Company Information " means Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.
 
1.8     " Confidential Information " means data and information relating to the business of the Employer (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to the Employee or of which the Employee became aware as a consequence of or through the Employee's relationship to the Employer and which has value to the Employer and is not generally known to its competitors.  Confidential Information does not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Employer (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Employee without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.
 
1.9     " Change in Control " means any one of the following events first to occur after the completion of the initial public offering of the common stock of the Bank:
 
(a)   the acquisition by any person or persons acting in concert of the then outstanding voting securities of either the Bank or the Company, if, after the transaction, the acquiring person (or persons) owns, controls or holds with power to vote thirty percent (30%) or more of any class of voting securities of the Bank or the Company, as the case may be, or such other transaction as may be described under 12 C.F.R. Section 225.41(b)(1) or any successor thereto;
 
(b)   within any twelve-month period (beginning on or after the Effective Date) the persons who were directors of either the Bank or the Company immediately before the beginning of such twelve-month period (the "Incumbent Directors") cease to constitute at least a majority of such board of directors; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Effective Date will be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such board of directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors;
 
 
 
 

 
 
(c)   the approval by the stockholders of either the Bank or the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of either the Bank or the Company, as the case may be, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company's then outstanding voting securities; or
 
(d)   the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Bank to any third party.
 
1.10     " Effective Date " means March 31, 2003.
 
1.11     " Good Reason " means, any of the following events or conduct preceding a termination of employment initiated by the Employee:
 
(a)   a material diminution in the powers, responsibilities or duties of the Employee hereunder or a material change as to whom Employee reports and who reports to Employee;
 
(b)   the failure of the Board to elect the Employee as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and the Company;
 
(c)   a material breach of the terms of this Agreement by the Employer;
 
(d)   the failure of the Board or the board of directors of the Company to nominate the Employee for re-election following expiration of each of the Employee's terms of service on the Board or the board of directors of the Company that arises during the Term (as defined below);
 
(e)   a change in the location of the principal office of Employee more than  thirty five (35) miles from its existing location;
 

(f)  a material reduction of benefits provided to Employee under Section 4.6 of this Agreement during the Term or any extensions thereof unless such reduction is reasonably related to the financial performance of the Employer or the performance of Employee under this Agreement; or

(g) a material reduction in the dollar amount of any bonus paid to Employee under a Board adopted bonus plan during the Term or any extensions thereof unless such reduction is reasonably related to the failure of Employee to meet all or part of the criteria for a bonus under a Board approved bonus plan or the financial performance of Employer subject to any regulatory restriction on the payment of a bonus or any portion thereof.
 

 
 
 

 

provided, however, that no termination of employment which is triggered by any conduct or event described in this Section 1.11 shall constitute a termination of employment for Good Reason unless the Employee has first provided the Employer with the opportunity to cure the event or conduct by giving the Employer a written notice describing in sufficient detail the Employee's belief that a Good Reason exists, which notice is given within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition alleged to constitute Good Reason, and the condition is not cured within thirty (30) days from the date such notice is received by the Employer.

1.12     " Permanent Disability " means the total inability of the Employee to perform the Employee's duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days as certified by a physician chosen by the Employer and reasonably acceptable to the Employee or by a physician selected by Employer’s long term disability insurance carrier in the event Employer has such insurance coverage.
 
1.13     " Trade Secrets " means information including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers which:
 
(a)   derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use; and
 
(b)   is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.
 
1.14     Company ” means any entity that, on or after the Effective Date, controls the Bank.
 

2.             DUTIES.
 
2.1     The Employee is employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and the Company, subject to the direction of the Board or its designee, must perform and discharge well and faithfully the duties which may be assigned to him from time to time by the Employer in connection with the conduct of its business.  The duties and responsibilities of the Employee are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
 
2.2     In addition to the duties and responsibilities specifically assigned to the Employee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, the Employee must:
 
(a)   devote substantially all of the Employee's time, energy and skill during regular business hours to the performance of the duties of the Employee's employment (reasonable vacations and reasonable absences due to illness excepted) and faithfully and industriously perform such duties;
 
 
 

 
 
(b)   diligently follow and implement all management policies and decisions communicated to him by the Board; and
 
(c)   timely prepare and forward to the Board all reports and accounting as may be requested of the Employee.
 
2.3    The Employee must devote the Employee's entire business, time, attention and energies to the Business of the Employer and must not during the Term of this Agreement be engaged (whether or not during normal business hours) in any other business or professional activity, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage; but this will not be construed as preventing the Employee from:
 
(a)   investing the Employee's personal assets in businesses which are not in competition with the Business of the Employer and which will not require any services on the part of the Employee in their operation or affairs and in which the Employee's participation is solely that of an investor;
 
(b)   purchasing securities in any corporation whose securities are regularly traded provided that such purchase will not result in him collectively owning beneficially at any time five percent (5%) or more of the equity securities of any business in competition with the Business of the Employer; and
 
(c)   participating in civic and professional affairs and organizations and conferences, preparing or publishing papers or books or teaching so long as the Board approves of such activities prior to the Employee's engaging in them.
 
2.4    Directorship .  Employee will also be appointed to and serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
3.             TERM AND TERMINATION.
 
3.1    Term .  The initial term and any extensions thereof made pursuant to this Section 3.1 are referred to as the "Term." The Term of this Agreement is for four (4) years. As provided in the fifth amendment to the Original Agreement dated January 1, 2009, the Term of this Agreement expires on March 30, 2014.  On or before the 2011 anniversary of the Effective Date and on or before each succeeding consecutive anniversary of the Effective Date while this Agreement is in effect the Board shall meet and may, in its sole discretion, extend the Term for one additional year or such greater Term as the Board deems appropriate.
 
3.2    Termination .  The employment of the Employee under this Agreement may be terminated prior to the expiration of the Term only as follows, subject to the conditions set forth below:
 
3.2.1             By the Employer:
 
(a)   for Cause at any time, upon written notice to the Employee, in which event the Employer will have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts due and owing under Section 4 on the effective date of the termination; or
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b)   without Cause or upon the Permanent Disability of Employee at any time, provided that the Employer gives the Employee sixty (60) days' prior written notice of its intent to terminate, in which event the Employer will be required to make the termination payments under Section 3.7.
 
3.2.2            By the Employee:
 
(a)  for Good Reason at any time, in which event the Employer will be required to make the termination payments under Section 3.7; or
 
(b)  without Good Reason, provided that the Employee gives the Employer sixty (60) days' prior written notice of the Employee's intent to terminate, in which event:  (1) the Employer will have no further obligation to the Employee except for future payment of any amounts due and owing under Section 4 on the effective date of the termination and (2) Employee forfeits any stock option grants that are not vested.
 
3.2.3           By the Employee:
 
  (a) within six (6) months following a Change in Control; provided that the Employee gives at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Employer of the Employee's intention to terminate this Agreement with such resignation to be effective immediately, in which event the Employer will be required to make a termination payment under Section 3.7; or
 
  (b)  prior to the date on which a Change in Control occurs if the Employee can demonstrate that a third party has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or in connection with or anticipation of a Change in Control, in which event the Employer will be required to make a termination payment under Section 3.7.

3.2.4           At any time upon mutual, written agreement of the parties, in which event the Employer will have no further obligation to the Employee except for the payment of any amounts due and owing under Section 4 on the effective date of termination unless otherwise set forth in the written agreement.
 
3.2.5           Immediately upon the Employee's death, in which event the Employer will have no further obligation to the Employee except for:  (1) the payment of any amounts due and owing under Section 4 on the date of Employee's death; (2) all non vested stock options shall immediately vest and (3) Employer will pay the then current Base Salary to Employee's estate for twelve (12) months after the date on which Employed died.
 
3.2.6           Upon the Permanent Disability of Employee, provided Employee gives Employer sixty (60) days or such other notice as may be reasonable under the circumstance, in which event Employer will be required to make the termination payments under Section 3.7.

 
 

 

3.3     Effect of Termination .  Termination of the employment of the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2 will be without prejudice to any right or claim which may have previously accrued to either the Employer or the Employee hereunder and will not terminate, alter, supersede or otherwise affect the terms and covenants and the rights and duties prescribed in this Agreement.
3.4     Suspension With Pay .  Nothing contained herein will preclude the Employer from releasing the Employee of the Employee's normal duties and suspending Employee, with pay, during the pendency of any investigation or examination to determine whether or not Cause exists for termination of employee.
 
3.5                Suspension Without Pay .  If Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer's affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Employer's obligations under this Agreement will be suspended as of the date of service thereof, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.  If the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Employer may in its discretion:
 
(a)   pay Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended; and/or
 
(b)   reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
 
3.6     Other Regulatory Requirements .  If the Bank is in default, as defined in Section (3)(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations under this Agreement will terminate as the date of such default, but no vested rights of the Employee will be affected.  Further, all obligations under this Agreement will be terminated, except, to the extent determined that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank:
 
(a)   by the Director (the "Director") of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or
 
(b)   by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems relating to the operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.
 
3.7            Termination Payments .  In the event this Agreement is terminated by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.2.1(b) or by the Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.2(a) or 3.2.6 and a Change in Control has not occurred, then commencing with the first payroll date immediately following the effective date of such termination, the Employer will pay to the Employee as severance pay and liquidated damages an amount equal to the Average Annual Compensation (as defined below) for a period equal to the remaining Term.   In the event a Change in Control has occurred or in anticipation thereof and this Agreement is terminated by Employer or by Employee pursuant to Section 3.2.3, the Employee shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to the excess of (a) 2.99 times his Average Annual Compensation over (b) the aggregate present value, as determined for federal income tax purposes, of all other payments to the Employee in the nature of compensation that are treated for federal income tax purposes as contingent on the Change in Control, and shall be paid such lump sum payment by Employer within 24 hours of the effective date of termination of this Agreement.  As used herein, the term "Average Annual Compensation" means the Employee’s average annual taxable compensation paid by the Employer during the most recent five (5) taxable years ending before the date the Change in Control occurs (or such portion of such period during which the Employee was employed by the Employer.
 
 
 
 

 

 
Notwithstanding any other provisions to this Agreement to the contrary, if the aggregate of the payments provided for in this Agreement and other payments and benefits which the Employee has the right to receive from the Employer (the "Total Payments") would constitute a "parachute payment," as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Employee shall receive the Total Payments unless (a) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee and the amount of any excise taxes payable by the Employee under Section 4999 of the Code that would be payable by the Employee (the "Excise Taxes")) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments has an aggregate value less than (b) the after-tax amount that would be retained by the Employee (after taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Employee) if the Employee were to receive the Total Payments reduced to the largest amount as would result in no portion of the Total Payments being subject to Excise Taxes (the "Reduced Payments"), in which case the Employee shall be entitled only to the Reduced Payments.  If the Employee is to receive the Reduced Payments, the Employee shall be entitled to determine which of the Total Payments, and the relative portions of each, are to be reduced.
 
Also notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, no amount payable under Section 3.7 shall be paid before the date that is six months after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death, except to the extent that this Agreement may permit payments within that period without causing any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement to be included in the Executive’s gross income pursuant to Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code prior to the year in which the payments are received by the Executive.  Any payment deferred under this Section 3.7 shall be paid on the Employer’s first normal payroll date after the six-month date or the date of the Executive’s death, as applicable.

The provisions of this Agreement providing for payments upon a termination of this Agreement are intended to specify a “separation from service” payment event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and shall be construed accordingly.
 
 
 

 
 
4.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.
 
4.1     Compensation .  The Employee will receive the following salary and benefits:
 
(a)   Base Salary .  During the Term, the Employee will receive a base salary at the rate of $284,625 per annum, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Bank's regular payroll practices ("Base Salary").  The Employee's Base Salary will be reviewed by the Board annually, and the Bank may grant Employee an increase in such amount, if any, as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
 
(b)   Incentive Compensation .
 
(i)   In addition to Employee's Base Salary under Section 4.1(a), within ninety (90) days following the end of each fiscal year of the Employer's operations, the Employer may pay the Employee a cash or non cash bonus as determined each year by the Board.
 
(ii)   Provided that sufficient options are available for grant under a stockholder approved stock option or equity incentive plan, on an annual basis, the Bank or the Company shall grant options to Employee to purchase not less than 3,750 shares of stock in the Bank or the Company or such greater amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company.  The exercise price for the options shall be no less than the fair market value of the Bank's or the Company's common stock on the date the options are granted, the options must be exercised within ten (10) years of the date of grant and the options shall be subject to such vesting terms as the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company determines from time to time.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.1.(b)(ii), the options to be granted pursuant to this Section 4.1.(b)(ii) will only be evidenced by, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of, a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Bank and Employee or the Company and Employee.
 
(iii)   The Employee will also be entitled to participate in such other bonus, incentive and other executive compensation programs as are made available to senior management of the Employer from time to time.
 
The bonus amounts which may be payable to the Employee pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) is referred to herein as "Incentive Compensation".
 
4.2   Compensation as a Director .  The Employee will not be compensated for attendance at regular and special Board meetings.
 
4.3   Automobile .   The Bank will make available to the Employee an automobile equivalent in value to the vehicle provided to Employee immediately prior to the date of this Agreement to be utilized by Employee for business and personal use as is customary for presidents of financial institutions in the Area.
 
4.4   Business Expenses; Memberships .  The Employer specifically agrees to reimburse the Employee for (a) reasonable business (including travel) expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee's duties hereunder, as approved from time to time by the Board, and (b) the dues and business related expenditures, including initiation fees, associated with membership in professional associations which are commensurate with the Employee's position; provided, however, that the Employee must, as a condition of reimbursement, submit verification of the nature and amount of such expenses in accordance with reimbursement
 
 
 

 
 
policies from time to time adopted by the Employer and in sufficient detail to comply with rules and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
4.5    Vacation .  On a non-cumulative basis the Employee will be entitled to vacation in each year of this Agreement in accordance with the Bank's vacation policy as then in effect, during which the Employee's Base Salary will be paid in full.
 
4.6    Benefits .  In addition to the Base Salary and Incentive Compensation, the Employee will be entitled to such benefits as may be available from time to time for executives of the Employer similarly situated to the Employee or for Employee individualy.  All such benefits will be awarded and administered in accordance with the Employer's standard policies and practices.  Such benefits may include, by way of example only, profit-sharing plans, retirement, life and disability insurance benefits and such other benefits as the Employer deems appropriate.
 
4.7    Withholding .  The Employer may deduct from each payment of compensation hereunder all amounts required to be deducted and withheld in accordance with applicable federal and state income, FICA and other withholding requirements.
 
5.   COMPANY INFORMATION .
 
5.1    Ownership of Information .  All Company Information received or developed by the Employee while employed by the Employer will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Employer.
 
5.2    Obligations of the Employee .  The Employee agrees (a) to hold Company Information in strictest confidence, and (b) not to use, duplicate, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate Company Information or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take any action necessary in order to prevent any Company Information from losing its character or ceasing to qualify as Confidential Information or a Trade Secret.  In the event that the Employee is required by law to disclose any Company Information, the Employee will not make such disclosure unless (and then only to the extent that) the Employee has been advised by the Company’s legal counsel that such disclosure is required by law and then only after prior written notice is given to the Employer when the Employee becomes aware that such disclosure has been requested and is required by law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination of this Agreement with respect to Confidential Information for so long as it remains Confidential Information, but for no longer than three (3) years following termination of this Agreement, and this Section 5 will survive termination of this Agreement with respect to Trade Secrets for so long as is permitted by the then-current Maryland Trade Secrets Act.
 
5.3    Delivery upon Request or Termination .  Upon request by the Employer, and in any event upon termination of employment with the Employer, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Employer all property belonging to the Employer, including without limitation, all Company Information then in the Employee's possession or control.
 
 
 

 
 
6.    NON-COMPETITION .  The Employee agrees that during the Term hereunder and, in the event of the Employee's termination of employment for any reason, thereafter for a period equal to the lesser of (a) eighteen (18) months; or (b) the period during which the Employee is to be paid monthly termination payments, if any, in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Employer), within the Area,  either directly or indirectly, on the Employee's own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, as a principal, partner, officer, director, manager, supervisor, administrator, consultant, executive employee or in any other capacity which involves duties and responsibilities similar to those undertaken for the Employer, engage in any business which is the same as or essentially the same as the Business of the Employer.
 
7.    NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS .  The Employee agrees that during the Term   hereunder and, in the event of the Employee's termination of employment for any reason, thereafter for a period equal to the lesser of (a) eighteen (18) months; or (b) the period during which the Employee is to be paid monthly termination payments, if any, in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof, the Employee will not (except on behalf of or with the prior written consent of the Employer), within the Area, on the Employee's own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or appropriate or attempt to solicit, divert or appropriate, directly or by assisting others, any business from any of the Employer's customers, including actively sought prospective customers, with whom the Employee has or had material contact during the last two (2) years of the Employee's employment, for purposes of providing products or services that are competitive with those provided by the Employer.
 
8.    NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES .  The Employee agrees that during the Term hereunder and, in the event of the Employee's termination of employment for any reason, thereafter for a period equal to the lessor of (a) eighteen (18) months; or (b) the period during which the Employee is to be paid monthly termination payments, if any, in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof, the Employee will not, except for Employee’s Administrative Assistant, within the Area, on the Employee's own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, or recruit or attempt to solicit or recruit, directly or by assisting others, any employee of the Employer or its Affiliates, whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Employer or its Affiliates and whether or not such employment is pursuant to written agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at will.
 
9.    REMEDIES .  The Employee agrees that the covenants contained in Sections 5 through 8 of this Agreement are of the essence of this Agreement; that each of the covenants is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of the Employer; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Employer should the Employee breach any of the covenants.  Therefore, the Employee agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided by law or in equity, the Employer will be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants.  The Employer and the Employee agree that all remedies available to the Employer or the Employee, as applicable, will be cumulative.
 
10.         SEVERABILITY .  The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision will be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.
 
 
 
 

 
 
11.    NO SET-OFF BY THE EMPLOYEE .  The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Employer, or any Affiliate of the Employer, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Employer of any of its rights hereunder.
 
12.    NOTICE .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, will be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice will be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:
 
 
(i)   If to the Employer, to it at:
 
 
1525 Pointer Ridge Road
 
Bowie, Maryland 20716
 
Attn: Chairman of the Board
 
 
(ii)   If to the Employee, to the Employee at:
 
 
13.    ASSIGNMENT .  Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto.
 
14.    WAIVER.  A waiver by the Employer of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee will not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver will operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.
 
15.    ARBITRATION . .  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, except for controversies or claims relating to Sections 5 through 8 of this Agreement which will be handled pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, will be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Employment Rules of the American Arbitration Association using one arbitrator.  The decision of the arbitration panel will be final and binding on the parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.
 
 
 
 

 
 
16.    ATTORNEYS' FEES .  In the event that the parties have complied with this Agreement with respect to arbitration of disputes and litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of an arbitration award and the Employee must employ separate legal counsel regarding such litigation, the Employer shall advance to the Employee, within thirty (30) days after receiving copies of invoices submitted by Employee, any and all reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred with preparing, investigating and litigating such action, proceeding or suit.  The Employee must reimburse the Employer for any and all advances that exceed the first $5,000 advanced to the Employee for such legal expenses only if and to the extent that a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that the Employee is not entitled to receive any amounts due or to enforce any of the rights under this Agreement.
 
17.    APPLICABLE LAW .  This Agreement will be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.  The parties agree that any appropriate state court located in Prince George’s County, Maryland, will have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and will be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 
18.    INTERPRETATION .  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural and vice versa.  The terms "herein", "hereunder", "hereby", "hereto", "hereof" and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and will not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
 
19.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding upon the Employer or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.
 
20.    RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES .  Nothing herein expressed is intended to or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
21.    SURVIVAL .  The obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 will survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.
 
22.    JOINT AND SEVERAL .  The obligation of the Bank and the Company to Employee hereunder will be joint and several.
 
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and the Employee have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first shown above.
 
 
 
 
THE EMPLOYER:
 
     
 
OLD LINE BANK
 
     
     
     
 
By: /s/ Craig E. Clark             
 
     
 
Name: Craig E. Clark              
 
     
 
Title: Chairman                       
 
     
     
     
     
 
THE EMPLOYEE:
 
     
 
By: /s/ James W. Cornelsen  
 
     
 
Name: James W. Cornelsen  
 
     
                                                                      
 
 
 

 

 

Exhibit A


OLD LINE BANK
JOB DESCRIPTION



JOB TITLE:
PRESIDENT/CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
FSLA:
EXEMPT
REPORTS TO:
BOARD OF DIRECTORS


SUMMARY:

Plans, develops, and establishes policies and objectives of business organization in accordance with Board directives and corporation charter by performing the following duties personally or through subordinate managers.


ESSENTIAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES: The primary duty and responsibility of this position is quality service to both internal and external customers.  Specific duties are listed below.  Other duties may be assigned.

Confers with corporate managers to plan business objectives, to develop organizational policies, to coordinate functions and operations between divisions and departments, and to establish responsibilities and procedures for attaining objectives.

Provides leadership representations for the bank and holding company board of directors and its committees.  Contributes to the effective, profitable operation of the corporation by participation in Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management, Loan Committee, Public Relations /Marketing Committee, and Asset Review Committee activities.

Ensures that the spirit and intent of regulatory and supervisory trusts and concerns are met or exceeded.

Keeps the Board informed concerning major developments and consults with same regarding major decisions affecting the bank or holding company.

Represents the bank and provides leadership in key community activities, including business, charitable, civic, and social organizations to maintain a proper responsible citizen stature for the bank.

Reviews activity reports and financial statements to determine progress and status in attaining objectives and revises objectives and plans in accordance with current conditions.
 
 
 
 

 

 
Directs and coordinates formulation of financial programs to provide funding for new or continuing operations to maximize returns on investments and to increase productivity.

Plans and develops labor and public relations policies designed to improve company's image and relations with customers, employees, and the public.

Evaluates performance of executives for compliance with established policies and objectives of bank.


SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY:

Manages subordinate supervisors in the Lending/Deposit function, Finance and Operations function, Human Resources, and Quality Services and Sales function.  Also, responsible for the direct supervision of the Corporate Secretary.  Is responsible for the overall direction, coordination, and evaluation of these units.

Provides direct guidance on personnel activities which affect the key bank management team, including salary administration, management incentive, performance objectives, and compliance with established policies to ensure solid team efforts toward the attainment of department, bank, and corporation goals.

Carries out supervisory responsibilities in accordance with the organization's policies and applicable laws.  Responsibilities include interviewing, hiring, and training employees; planning, assigning, and directing work; appraising performance; rewarding and disciplining employees; and addressing complaints and resolving problems.


CRA REQUIREMENT:

Expected to understand the bank's obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act and how to fulfill them.  Expected to cooperate with and support the bank's CRA program.  Will be held accountable for any lack of cooperation that weakens the bank's CRA performance, as reflected in internal audits, agency examinations, and/or community projects.


PRODUCT AND KNOWLEDGE REQUIREMENT:

Should know and understand the products and services that are provided by Bank and give quality service at all times to our customers.

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS:

To perform this job successfully, an individual must be able to perform each essential duty satisfactorily.  The requirements listed below are representative of the knowledge, skill, and/or ability required.  Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential functions.
 
 
 

 

EDUCATION AND/OR EXPERIENCE:

College graduate and graduate of recognized graduate banking school or equivalent; ten years related experience and/or training; or equivalent combination of education and experience.


LANGUAGE SKILLS:

Ability to read, analyze, and interpret common technical journals, financial reports, and legal documents.  Ability to respond to common inquiries or complaints from customers, regulatory agencies, or members of the community.  A high level of interpersonal skills to effectively communicate policies, procedures, staff objectives, and information to top management, public groups, and/or boards of directors.


ANALYTICAL SKILLS:

A high level of analytical, mathematical and reasoning skills to assess and evaluate the operation of subordinate areas of responsibility, participate in establishing bank-wide financial goals, and draft operational reports to the board.


PHYSICAL DEMANDS:

Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable individuals with disabilities to perform the essential functions.


WORK ENVIRONMENT:

Good.  There is little discomfort from noise, heat, dust, or other adverse factors.


PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS:

 
ORGANIZATIONAL EXPECTATIONS:

Understands that the position exists to ultimately serve the customer either directly or indirectly through assisting front-line personnel to answer customer inquiries quickly.

Practices a high degree of professionalism and sets an example for others to follow.
 
 
 
 

 

 
Demonstrates commitment to and understanding of continuous quality improvement.  Uses creativity and initiative to recommend quality enhancements when relevant and appropriate.

Has satisfactory attendance within policy guidelines and is punctual.

Manages time effectively.  Completes assigned duties within required deadlines.


FINANCIAL EXPECTATIONS:

Makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning budgetary needs of the bank.

Within parameters of job, uses good judgment related to Bank income opportunities and expense control.

Is financially responsible.


RELATIONSHIP EXPECTATIONS:

Conducts in-bank and public relationships in a manner that enhances the image and marketing efforts of the Bank.

Participates in community organizations, activities, and projects.

Contributes to an overall team effort by being an effective team player.

This job description is not intended to be and should not be construed as an all-inclusive list of the responsibilities, skills, or working conditions associated with the position.  While this job description is intended to accurately reflect the position's activities and requirements, management reserves the right to modify, add, or remove duties and assign other duties as necessary.
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.50
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made as of this 28 th day of January, 2011, by and between OLD LINE BANK, a Maryland-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank” or “Employer”) and SANDRA BURNETT (the “Employee”).

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the benefits provided to each party hereunder and the mutual promises made herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of such consideration being hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Employment .  The Bank hereby employs the Employee as an Executive Vice President   and agrees to continue to employ the Employee in that position (or in any other position approved by the Bank) during the term of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided below.

2.            Term .  The initial term and any extensions thereof are referred to herein as the "Term." The Term of this Agreement expires on March 31, 2013.  The Term of this Agreement is two (2) years.  On or before March 31, 2012 and on or before each succeeding consecutive April twentieth while this Agreement is in effect, Employer shall inform the employee whether Employer, in its sole discretion, extends this Agreement for one additional year or such greater Term as Employer deems appropriate.


3.            Compensation .

A.           The Employee's salary under this Agreement shall be $173,399 per annum, payable on a bi-weekly basis. Employee may also receive an annual discretionary bonus. In addition, provided that sufficient options are available for grant under a stockholder approved stock option or equity incentive plan, the Bank or such entity (the "Company") that may then control the Bank, on an annual basis, shall grant options to Employee to purchase not less than 2, 250 shares of stock in the Bank or the Company or such greater amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company.  The exercise price for the options shall be no less than the fair market value of the Bank's or the Company's common stock on the date the options are granted, the options must be exercised within ten (10) years of the date of grant and the options shall be subject to such vesting terms as the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company determines from time to time.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3 (A), the options to be granted pursuant to this Section 3 (A) will only be evidenced by, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of, a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Bank and Employee or the Company and Employee.

4.            Duties .

A.           During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall serve as the Executive Vice President.  She shall have such powers and shall perform such duties that are incident and customary to this office, and as granted and assigned to her by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and/or the Board of Directors.
 
 
 
 

 

 
B.           The Employee shall devote her full time, attention, skill, and energy to the performance of her duties under this Agreement, and shall comply with all reasonable professional requests of the Bank; provided, however, that the Employee will be permitted to engage in and manage personal investments and to participate in community and charitable affairs, so long as such activities in the judgment of the Bank’s CEO do not create a conflict of interest or interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement.  In furtherance of this commitment, the Employee shall disclose all positions she holds with other organizations and any ownership interests she has in other business entities where she may influence or control management decisions.  Such disclosures shall be made at the commencement of the Employee’s employment and from time-to-time throughout her employment where her circumstances have changed to make such a disclosure appropriate.

C.           The Employee shall immediately notify the Company of (i) her own illness and consequent absence from work or (ii) any intended significant change in her plans to work for the Company.

5.            Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .

A.           The Employee shall be entitled to a total of twenty (­­20) days of paid vacation each calendar year, which she may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.  The Employee may take her vacation at such times that do not interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement.

B.           The Employee shall be entitled to six (6) days of paid sick leave and two (2) days of paid personal leave each calendar year, which she may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.

6.            Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her duties on behalf of the Bank, provided that the Employee shall keep and present to the Bank records and receipts relating to reimbursable expenses incurred by her.  Such records and receipts shall be maintained and presented in a format, and with such regularity, as the Bank reasonably may require in order to substantiate the Bank’s right to claim income tax deductions for such expenses.  For any expenditure in excess of $500.00, the Employee must obtain written approval from the CEO if she is to be reimbursed for the expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any business-related travel, business-related entertainment and other costs and expenses reasonably incident to the performance of her duties on behalf of the Bank.

7.            Fringe Benefits .

A.            Insurance .  The Employee shall receive health insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plan established by the Bank for its employees.  The Bank shall also pay the premiums for Employee to receive the following insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plans established by the Bank for its employees:  dental; life; short-term disability; and long-term disability.

 
 
 

 
                   
   B.            Banking .  The Bank shall not charge the Employee for use of a savings account, checking account or debit card issued by the Bank.  The Employee is eligible to have her paychecks deposited directly in any account she has with the Bank or elsewhere.

8.            Termination of Employment .

A.           This Agreement shall terminate prior to the expiration of its Term only upon and on the occurrence of the following:

(i)           on the death of Employee in which event all non vested stock options shall immediately vest and Employer shall have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and any contractually committed obligations to provide Employee with vested benefits pursuant to a salary continuation agreement, supplemental life insurance agreement, or other form of retirement plan (" Retirement Benefits ") in effect as of the date of death;

(ii)           on the date Employee becomes physically or mentally incapacitated to the extent she has been unable to perform her duties under this Agreement for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days and, in order to assist the Bank in making such determination, the Employee agrees to make herself available for medical examination by one or more physicians chosen by the Bank and grants to the Bank and such physicians access to all relevant medical information, including copies of the Employee's medical records and access to the Employee's own physicians, in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of disability;

(iii)           on the effective date of Employee's voluntary resignation in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of voluntary resignation;

(iv)           on the date Employer terminates Employee for "cause" as defined below in which event Employee will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of termination; or

(v)           on the date Employer terminates Employee other than for cause in which event (1) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall pay Employee salary and benefits as such were paid on the date of termination, (2) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall grant options as provided in this Agreement and (3) all unvested options shall immediately vest and all options granted during the remaining Term shall vest when granted.
 
 
 
 

 
 
B.            Termination for Cause .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 above, the Employee’s employment (and all of her rights and benefits under this Agreement) shall terminate immediately after written notice upon the happening of any one or more of the following events, which constitute “cause”:  (i)  the Employee has breached, in any material respect, a provision of this Agreement; (ii)  the Employee refuses to perform the duties of her employment under this Agreement in any material respect; (iii)  the Employee has committed any act or omission materially and adversely affecting her reputation or that of the Bank or any of its affiliates or materially and adversely affecting any product, policy, program or service offered through or developed by the Bank or any of its affiliates; (iv)  the Employee is convicted of or pleads guilty to a charge of any felony or of any lesser crime involving fraud or moral turpitude or directed against the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (v)  the Employee commits any other act which is inconsistent with the good faith fulfillment of her responsibilities as an employee of the Bank or is done with the intent to harm the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (vi)  the Employee violates any material statute, rule or regulation of any federal, state or local governmental authority pertaining to the marketing, sale, solicitation or offer of any product, policy or program of the Bank or its affiliates; and (vii)  the Employee commits any other act or omission which an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction justifies as grounds for dismissal for cause.

C.            Unused Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .  The Employee shall be eligible to receive the remaining balance of her unused vacation and personal leave at the termination of her employment only if she is not terminated for “cause” as defined above and she returns all Bank property to the Bank prior to her final day of employment.  Employee shall have no right receive any unused sick leave.  If the Employee fails to return any Bank property prior to her last day of employment, the Employee authorizes the Bank to deduct from her final paycheck the reasonable cost (not value) of that item.  In the event that the Employee elects to terminate her employment, she must provide the Company with 60 days notice as provided above in order to receive the remaining balance of her unused vacation and personal leave.

  9.            Non-Competition Agreement .

A.           The Employee agrees that, for one (1) year following termination from the Bank, regardless of reason, she will not, as an individual, stockholder, officer, director, partner, agent, employee, consultant, or representative, act for or on behalf of or have any interest, direct or indirect, in any business similar to or competitive with the Bank’s business within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank exclusive of the State of Virginia or Washington, D.C.

B.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following the termination of employment, not to solicit or sell or attempt to solicit or sell, for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, services or products that are competitive with the services or products of the Bank to any customer or client to which the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) has solicited or sold any services or products on behalf of the Bank during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of her employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where Employee (or employees under her managerial control) solicited or sold services or products, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.
 
 
 
 

 

 
C.           Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to perform or render services or attempt to perform or render services, for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, for any customer or client of the Bank for which the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) has performed any services, during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of her employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) performed or rendered services, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.

D.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to solicit or hire, either directly or indirectly, any current employee of the Bank to work or perform services for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, or attempt to induce any employee to leave the employ of the Bank to work for the Employee or any other person, firm or corporation.

E.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of these provisions will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. In the event of a breach of Paragraphs A through C of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of these Paragraphs, as well as court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement. In the event of a breach of Paragraph D of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of this Paragraph or the equivalent of the most recent one (1) year's salary (at the company) of the hired solicited employee, whichever is greater. Additionally, the Employee agrees to pay the Bank court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.

10.            Trade Secrets, Confidential Information and Intellectual Property .  The Employee acknowledges that and as a result of her employment with the Bank, the Employee has, is and will be making use of, acquiring, and adding to information of a special and unique nature and value relating to the Bank's intellectual property, trade secrets and other confidential information.  In that regard, the Employee agrees to the following:

A.           The Employee shall not, at any time during or following her employment with the Bank, divulge or disclose, or employ for any purpose whatsoever, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information that have been obtained by or disclosed to the Employee as a result of the Employee's employment by the Bank.  For purposes of this Agreement, “trade secrets or other confidential information" shall mean all information which is used in the Bank's business and which gives the Bank the opportunity to obtain advantage over its competitors who do not know or use such information, regardless of whether written or otherwise, including, but not limited to, trade secrets, business methods, business plans, financial data, customer lists and contracts, pricing plans, marketing plans or strategies, security devices, product information, billing procedures, employee lists, salaries and other personnel information, and other business arrangements.  The term “trade secrets or other confidential information” is not meant to include any information which, at the time of disclosure, is generally known by the public or any competitors of the Bank.  If the Employee has any questions regarding the confidential status of information, she should contact the CEO.
 
 
 
 

 

 
B.           All notes, data, reference items, sketches, drawings, memoranda, records, and other materials in any way relating to any of the information referred to in the Paragraph above or to the Bank's business shall belong exclusively to the Bank and the Employee agrees to turn over to the Bank all copies of such materials in the Employee's possession or control (whether hard copy or electronic) at the Bank's request or upon the termination of the Employee's employment.

C.           All intellectual property, including, but not limited to, all software (including, without limitation, computer programs, object code, source code, documentation, notes, records, work papers, and all other materials associated therewith), and all copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights related thereto shall be deemed (1) the sole and exclusive property of the Bank (and/or the Bank's clients or customers if the Bank so determines), and (2) “trade secrets or other confidential information."  The Employee also agrees that any work prepared for the Bank or its customers or clients that are susceptible of copyright protection shall be a work-made-for-hire for the Bank.  If any such work is deemed for any reason not to be a work-made-for-hire, the Employee hereby agrees to irrevocably assign to the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to the copyright in such work and the Employee further agrees to execute all such documents and assurances, and to take all such action, as the Bank shall request, in order to cause the rights assigned hereby fully to vest in the Bank.  The Employee hereby waives all so-called “moral rights” relating to all work developed or produced by the Employee hereunder, including, without limitation, any and all rights of attribution, rights of approval, restriction or limitation of use or subsequent modifications.  In furtherance of the foregoing, and not in limitation thereof, the Employee agrees to assign the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to any and all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations and improvements conceived or made by the Employee, whether alone or with others, during the Employee's employment with the Bank, and which either (i) involve or are reasonably related to the Bank's business or (ii) incorporate or are based on, in whole or in part, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information. (all of the aforesaid sometimes referred to herein as the “Inventions”).  The Employee agrees to disclose all Inventions to the Bank promptly, and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the Bank in the preservation of the Bank’s interest in the Inventions, such as by executing documents, testifying and the like, which assistance shall be provided at the Bank’s expense but without any additional compensation to the Employee.  The Employee shall, at the Bank’s expense, assist the Bank or its nominee to obtain patent protection for such Inventions in any countries the Bank may elect in its sole discretion throughout the world.  All Inventions shall be the property of the Bank or its nominees, whether patentable or not.  The Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Bank, all of the Employee’s right title and interest in and to all patent applications, patents and reissues related to any Inventions.  The Employee agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents, and to provide other assistance, at the Bank’s request and expense, during and subsequent to the Employee’s employment by the Bank, confirming the complete ownership by the Bank of any and all Inventions, enabling the Bank or its nominees to apply for and maintain patent protection (if applicable), and/or any other legal protection that may then be available for the Inventions.
 
 
 
 

 

 
D.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of this Section will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. Damages shall include, but are not limited to, the Employee's payment of the court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.
 
11.            Applicable Law .  This Agreement will be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.  The parties agree that any appropriate state court located in Prince George’s County, Maryland, will have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and will be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 
12.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding upon the Employer or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.
 

13.            Severability .  The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision will be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.
 
14.            No Set-off by the Employee .  The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Employer, or any Affiliate of the Employer, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Employer of any of its rights hereunder.
 
15.            Notice .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, will be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice will be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
(i)   If to the Employer, to it at:
 
 
1525 Pointer Ridge Road
 
Bowie, Maryland 20716
 
Attn: President
 
 
(ii)   If to the Employee, to the Employee at:
 
 
_____________________________
 
_____________________________
 

16.            Assignment .  Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto.
 
17.            Waiver .  A waiver by the Employer of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee will not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver will operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.
 
18.            Interpretation .  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural and vice versa.  The terms "herein", "hereunder", "hereby", "hereto", "hereof" and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and will not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
 
19.            Rights of Third Parties .  Nothing herein expressed is intended to or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
20.            Survival .  The obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 will survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.
 
21.           This Agreement shall extend to, and be binding upon the Employee, and upon the Bank and its successors and assigns and the term “Bank” as used herein shall include its successors and assigns whether by merger, consolidation, combination or otherwise.

[signatures appear on following page]

 
 
 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, under seal, as of the day and year first hereinabove written.
 
 
ATTEST:
 
OLD LINE BANK.
     
/s/ Christine M. Rush        
 
By: /s/ James W. Cornelsen         
(SEAL)
Christine M. Rush, Secretary
 
James W. Cornelsen, President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
     
WITNESS:
 
/s/ Sandra Burnett                          
(SEAL)
/s/ Christine M. Rush        
 
Sandra Burnett
 
     

 
 
 


Exhibit 10.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made as of this 28th day of January, 2011, by and between OLD LINE BANK, a Maryland-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank” or “Employer”) and JOSEPH BURNETT (the “Employee”).

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT

The parties hereto entered into an employment agreement dated March 31, 2003 ("Original Agreement");

The Original Agreement was amended on December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005, January 1, 2007, January 1, 2008, January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2010; and

The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement, as amended, as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the benefits provided to each party hereunder and the mutual promises made herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of such consideration being hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Employment .  The Bank hereby employs the Employee as an Executive Vice President   and agrees to continue to employ the Employee in that position (or in any other position approved by the Bank) during the term of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided below.

2.            Term .  The initial term and any extensions thereof are referred to herein as the "Term." The Term of this Agreement expires on March 31, 2013.  The Term of this Agreement is two (2) years.  On or before March 31, 2012 and on or before each succeeding consecutive April twentieth while this Agreement is in effect, Employer shall inform the employee whether Employer, in its sole discretion, extends this Agreement for one additional year or such greater Term as Employer deems appropriate.


3.            Compensation .

A.           The Employee's salary under this Agreement shall be $186,430 per annum, payable on a bi-weekly basis. Employee may also receive an annual discretionary bonus.  In addition, provided that sufficient options are available for grant under a stockholder approved stock option or equity incentive plan, the Bank or such entity (the "Company") that may then control the Bank, on an annual basis, shall grant options to Employee to purchase not less than 2, 250 shares of stock in the Bank or the Company or such greater amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company.  The exercise price for the options shall be no less than the fair market value of the Bank's or the Company's common stock on the date the options are granted, the options must be exercised within ten (10) years of the date of grant and the options shall be subject to such vesting terms as the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company determines from time to time.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3 (A), the options to be granted pursuant to this Section 3 (A) will only be evidenced by, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of, a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Bank and Employee or the Company and Employee.
 
 
 

 
 
4.            Duties .

A.           During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall serve as the Executive Vice President.  He shall have such powers and shall perform such duties that are incident and customary to this office, and as granted and assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and/or the Board of Directors.

B.           The Employee shall devote his full time, attention, skill, and energy to the performance of his duties under this Agreement, and shall comply with all reasonable professional requests of the Bank; provided, however, that the Employee will be permitted to engage in and manage personal investments and to participate in community and charitable affairs, so long as such activities in the judgment of the Bank’s CEO do not create a conflict of interest or interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement.  In furtherance of this commitment, the Employee shall disclose all positions he holds with other organizations and any ownership interests he has in other business entities where he may influence or control management decisions.  Such disclosures shall be made at the commencement of the Employee’s employment and from time-to-time throughout his employment where his circumstances have changed to make such a disclosure appropriate.

C.           The Employee shall immediately notify the Company of (i) his own illness and consequent absence from work or (ii) any intended significant change in his plans to work for the Company.

5.            Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .

A.           The Employee shall be entitled to a total of twenty (­­20) days of paid vacation each calendar year, which he may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.  The Employee may take his vacation at such times that do not interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

B.           The Employee shall be entitled to six (6) days of paid sick leave and two (2) days of paid personal leave each calendar year, which he may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.

6.            Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with his duties on behalf of the Bank, provided that the Employee shall keep and present to the Bank records and receipts relating to reimbursable expenses incurred by his.  Such records and receipts shall be maintained and presented in a format, and with such regularity, as the Bank reasonably may require in order to substantiate the Bank’s right to claim income tax deductions for such expenses.  For any expenditure in excess of $500.00, the Employee must obtain written approval from the CEO if he is to be reimbursed for the expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any business-related travel, business-related entertainment and other costs and expenses reasonably incident to the performance of his duties on behalf of the Bank.
 
 
 
 

 
 
7.            Fringe Benefits .

A.            Insurance .  The Employee shall receive health insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plan established by the Bank for its employees.  The Bank shall also pay the premiums for Employee to receive the following insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plans established by the Bank for its employees:  dental; life; short-term disability; and long-term disability.

                      B.            Banking .  The Bank shall not charge the Employee for use of a savings account, checking account or debit card issued by the Bank.  The Employee is eligible to have his paychecks deposited directly in any account he has with the Bank or elsewhere.

8.            Termination of Employment .

A.           This Agreement shall terminate prior to the expiration of its Term only upon and on the occurrence of the following:

(i)           on the death of Employee in which event all non vested stock options shall immediately vest and Employer shall have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and any contractually committed obligations to provide Employee with vested benefits pursuant to a salary continuation agreement, supplemental life insurance agreement, or other form of retirement plan (" Retirement Benefits ") in effect as of the date of death;


(ii)           on the date Employee becomes physically or mentally incapacitated to the extent he has been unable to perform his duties under this Agreement for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days and, in order to assist the Bank in making such determination, the Employee agrees to make himself available for medical examination by one or more physicians chosen by the Bank and grants to the Bank and such physicians access to all relevant medical information, including copies of the Employee's medical records and access to the Employee's own physicians, in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of disability;

(iii)           on the effective date of Employee's voluntary resignation in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of voluntary resignation;
 
 
 

 

(iv)           on the date Employer terminates Employee for "cause" as defined below in which event Employee will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of termination; or

(v)           on the date Employer terminates Employee other than for cause in which event (1) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall pay Employee salary and benefits as such were paid on the date of termination, (2) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall grant options as provided in this Agreement and (3) all unvested options shall immediately vest and all options granted during the remaining Term shall vest when granted.

B.            Termination for Cause .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 above, the Employee’s employment (and all of his rights and benefits under this Agreement) shall terminate immediately after written notice upon the happening of any one or more of the following events, which constitute “cause”:  (i)  the Employee has breached, in any material respect, a provision of this Agreement; (ii)  the Employee refuses to perform the duties of his employment under this Agreement in any material respect; (iii)  the Employee has committed any act or omission materially and adversely affecting his reputation or that of the Bank or any of its affiliates or materially and adversely affecting any product, policy, program or service offered through or developed by the Bank or any of its affiliates; (iv)  the Employee is convicted of or pleads guilty to a charge of any felony or of any lesser crime involving fraud or moral turpitude or directed against the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (v)  the Employee commits any other act which is inconsistent with the good faith fulfillment of his responsibilities as an employee of the Bank or is done with the intent to harm the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (vi)  the Employee violates any material statute, rule or regulation of any federal, state or local governmental authority pertaining to the marketing, sale, solicitation or offer of any product, policy or program of the Bank or its affiliates; and (vii)  the Employee commits any other act or omission which an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction justifies as grounds for dismissal for cause.

C.            Unused Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .  The Employee shall be eligible to receive the remaining balance of his unused vacation and personal leave at the termination of his employment only if he is not terminated for “cause” as defined above and he returns all Bank property to the Bank prior to his final day of employment.  Employee shall have no right receive any unused sick leave.  If the Employee fails to return any Bank property prior to his last day of employment, the Employee authorizes the Bank to deduct from his final paycheck the reasonable cost (not value) of that item.  In the event that the Employee elects to terminate his employment, he must provide the Company with 60 days notice as provided above in order to receive the remaining balance of his unused vacation and personal leave.

  9.            Non-Competition Agreement .

A.           The Employee agrees that, for one (1) year following termination from the Bank, regardless of reason, he will not, as an individual, stockholder, officer, director, partner, agent, employee, consultant, or representative, act for or on behalf of or have any interest, direct or indirect, in any business similar to or competitive with the Bank’s business within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank exclusive of the State of Virginia or Washington, D.C.
 
 
 
 

 
 
B.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following the termination of employment, not to solicit or sell or attempt to solicit or sell, for his own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, services or products that are competitive with the services or products of the Bank to any customer or client to which the Employee (or employees under his managerial control) has solicited or sold any services or products on behalf of the Bank during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of his employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where Employee (or employees under his managerial control) solicited or sold services or products, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.

C.           Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to perform or render services or attempt to perform or render services, for his own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, for any customer or client of the Bank for which the Employee (or employees under his managerial control) has performed any services, during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of his employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where the Employee (or employees under his managerial control) performed or rendered services, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.

D.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to solicit or hire, either directly or indirectly, any current employee of the Bank to work or perform services for his own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, or attempt to induce any employee to leave the employ of the Bank to work for the Employee or any other person, firm or corporation.

E.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of these provisions will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. In the event of a breach of Paragraphs A through C of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of these Paragraphs, as well as court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement. In the event of a breach of Paragraph D of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of this Paragraph or the equivalent of the most recent one (1) year's salary (at the company) of the hired solicited employee, whichever is greater. Additionally, the Employee agrees to pay the Bank court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.

10.            Trade Secrets, Confidential Information and Intellectual Property .  The Employee acknowledges that and as a result of his employment with the Bank, the Employee has, is and will be making use of, acquiring, and adding to information of a special and unique nature and value relating to the Bank's intellectual property, trade secrets and other confidential information.  In that regard, the Employee agrees to the following:
 
 
 

 

 
A.           The Employee shall not, at any time during or following his employment with the Bank, divulge or disclose, or employ for any purpose whatsoever, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information that have been obtained by or disclosed to the Employee as a result of the Employee's employment by the Bank.  For purposes of this Agreement, “trade secrets or other confidential information" shall mean all information which is used in the Bank's business and which gives the Bank the opportunity to obtain advantage over its competitors who do not know or use such information, regardless of whether written or otherwise, including, but not limited to, trade secrets, business methods, business plans, financial data, customer lists and contracts, pricing plans, marketing plans or strategies, security devices, product information, billing procedures, employee lists, salaries and other personnel information, and other business arrangements.  The term “trade secrets or other confidential information” is not meant to include any information which, at the time of disclosure, is generally known by the public or any competitors of the Bank.  If the Employee has any questions regarding the confidential status of information, he should contact the CEO.

B.           All notes, data, reference items, sketches, drawings, memoranda, records, and other materials in any way relating to any of the information referred to in the Paragraph above or to the Bank's business shall belong exclusively to the Bank and the Employee agrees to turn over to the Bank all copies of such materials in the Employee's possession or control (whether hard copy or electronic) at the Bank's request or upon the termination of the Employee's employment.

C.           All intellectual property, including, but not limited to, all software (including, without limitation, computer programs, object code, source code, documentation, notes, records, work papers, and all other materials associated therewith), and all copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights related thereto shall be deemed (1) the sole and exclusive property of the Bank (and/or the Bank's clients or customers if the Bank so determines), and (2) “trade secrets or other confidential information."  The Employee also agrees that any work prepared for the Bank or its customers or clients that are susceptible of copyright protection shall be a work-made-for-hire for the Bank.  If any such work is deemed for any reason not to be a work-made-for-hire, the Employee hereby agrees to irrevocably assign to the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to the copyright in such work and the Employee further agrees to execute all such documents and assurances, and to take all such action, as the Bank shall request, in order to cause the rights assigned hereby fully to vest in the Bank.  The Employee hereby waives all so-called “moral rights” relating to all work developed or produced by the Employee hereunder, including, without limitation, any and all rights of attribution, rights of approval, restriction or limitation of use or subsequent modifications.  In furtherance of the foregoing, and not in limitation thereof, the Employee agrees to assign the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to any and all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations and improvements conceived or made by the Employee, whether alone or with others, during the Employee's employment with the Bank, and which either (i) involve or are reasonably related to the Bank's business or (ii) incorporate or are based on, in whole or in part, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information. (all of the aforesaid sometimes referred to herein as the “Inventions”).  The Employee agrees to disclose all Inventions to the Bank promptly, and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the Bank in the preservation of the Bank’s interest in the Inventions, such as by executing documents, testifying and the like, which assistance shall be provided at the Bank’s expense but without any additional compensation to the Employee.  The Employee shall, at the Bank’s expense, assist the Bank or its nominee to obtain patent protection for such Inventions in any countries the Bank may elect in its sole discretion throughout the world.  All Inventions shall be the property of the Bank or its nominees, whether patentable or not.  The Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Bank, all of the Employee’s right title and interest in and to all patent applications, patents and reissues related to any Inventions.  The Employee agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents, and to provide other assistance, at the Bank’s request and expense, during and subsequent to the Employee’s employment by the Bank, confirming the complete ownership by the Bank of any and all Inventions, enabling the Bank or its nominees to apply for and maintain patent protection (if applicable), and/or any other legal protection that may then be available for the Inventions.
 
 
 

 

 
D.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of this Section will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. Damages shall include, but are not limited to, the Employee's payment of the court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.
 
 
11.            Applicable Law .  This Agreement will be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.  The parties agree that any appropriate state court located in Prince George’s County, Maryland, will have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and will be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 
12.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding upon the Employer or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.
 

13.            Severability .  The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision will be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.
 
14.            No Set-off by the Employee .  The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Employer, or any Affiliate of the Employer, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Employer of any of its rights hereunder.
 
 
 

 
 
15.            Notice .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, will be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice will be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:
 
 
 
(i)   If to the Employer, to it at:
 
 
1525 Pointer Ridge Road
 
Bowie, Maryland 20716
 
Attn: President
 
 
(ii)   If to the Employee, to the Employee at:
 
 
_____________________________
 
_____________________________
 
16.            Assignment .  Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto.
 
17.            Waiver .  A waiver by the Employer of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee will not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver will operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.
 
18.            Interpretation .  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural and vice versa.  The terms "herein", "hereunder", "hereby", "hereto", "hereof" and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and will not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
 
19.            Rights of Third Parties .  Nothing herein expressed is intended to or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
20.            Survival .  The obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 will survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.
 
 
 
 

 
 
21.           This Agreement shall extend to, and be binding upon the Employee, and upon the Bank and its successors and assigns and the term “Bank” as used herein shall include its successors and assigns whether by merger, consolidation, combination or otherwise.

[signatures appear on following page]

 
 
 
 
 

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, under seal, as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

 
ATTEST:
 
OLD LINE BANK.
     
/s/ Christine M. Rush        
 
By: /s/ James W. Cornelsen         
(SEAL)
Christine M. Rush, Secretary
 
James W. Cornelsen, President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
     
WITNESS:
 
/s/ Joseph E. Burnett                     
(SEAL)
/s/ Christine M. Rush        
 
Joseph E. Burnett
 
     
 
 
 
 


 


 
Exhibit 10.11
 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made as of this 28 th day of January, 2011, by and between OLD LINE BANK, a Maryland-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank” or “Employer”) and CHRISTINE RUSH (the “Employee”).

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT

The parties hereto entered into an employment agreement dated March 31, 2003 ("Original Agreement");

The Original Agreement was amended on December 31, 2004, December 30, 2005, January 1, 2007, January 1, 2008, January 1, 2009, and January 1, 2010; and

The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement, as amended, as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the benefits provided to each party hereunder and the mutual promises made herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of such consideration being hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Employment .  The Bank hereby employs the Employee as an Executive Vice President and agrees to continue to employ the Employee in that position (or in any other position approved by the Bank) during the term of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided below.

2.            Term .  The initial term and any extensions thereof are referred to herein as the "Term." The Term of this Agreement expires on March 31, 2013.  The Term of this Agreement is two (2) years.  On or before March 31, 2012 and on or before each succeeding consecutive April twentieth while this Agreement is in effect, Employer shall inform the employee whether Employer, in its sole discretion, extends this Agreement for one additional year or such greater Term as Employer deems appropriate.


3.            Compensation .

A.           The Employee's salary under this Agreement shall be $187,335 per annum, payable on a bi-weekly basis. Employee may also receive an annual discretionary bonus.  In addition, provided that sufficient options are available for grant under a stockholder approved stock option or equity incentive plan, the Bank or such entity (the "Company") that may then control the Bank, on an annual basis, shall grant options to Employee to purchase not less than 2, 250 shares of stock in the Bank or the Company or such greater amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company.  The exercise price for the options shall be no less than the fair market value of the Bank's or the Company's common stock on the date the options are granted, the options must be exercised within ten (10) years of the date of grant and the options shall be subject to such vesting terms as the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company determines from time to time.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3 (A), the options to be granted pursuant to this Section 3 (A) will only be evidenced by, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of, a stock option agreement to be entered into between the Bank and Employee or the Company and Employee.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
4.            Duties .

A.           During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall serve as the Executive Vice President.  She shall have such powers and shall perform such duties that are incident and customary to this office, and as granted and assigned to her by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and/or the Board of Directors.

B.           The Employee shall devote her full time, attention, skill, and energy to the performance of her duties under this Agreement, and shall comply with all reasonable professional requests of the Bank; provided, however, that the Employee will be permitted to engage in and manage personal investments and to participate in community and charitable affairs, so long as such activities in the judgment of the Bank’s CEO do not create a conflict of interest or interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement.  In furtherance of this commitment, the Employee shall disclose all positions she holds with other organizations and any ownership interests she has in other business entities where she may influence or control management decisions.  Such disclosures shall be made at the commencement of the Employee’s employment and from time-to-time throughout her employment where her circumstances have changed to make such a disclosure appropriate.

C.           The Employee shall immediately notify the Company of (i) her own illness and consequent absence from work or (ii) any intended significant change in her plans to work for the Company.

5.            Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .

A.           The Employee shall be entitled to a total of twenty (­­20) days of paid vacation each calendar year, which she may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.  The Employee may take her vacation at such times that do not interfere with the performance of her duties under this Agreement.

B.           The Employee shall be entitled to six (6) days of paid sick leave and two (2) days of paid personal leave each calendar year, which she may use in accordance with the Bank’s announced policy that is in effect from time-to-time.

6.            Expenses .  The Bank shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with her duties on behalf of the Bank, provided that the Employee shall keep and present to the Bank records and receipts relating to reimbursable expenses incurred by her.  Such records and receipts shall be maintained and presented in a format, and with such regularity, as the Bank reasonably may require in order to substantiate the Bank’s right to claim income tax deductions for such expenses.  For any expenditure in excess of $500.00, the Employee must obtain written approval from the CEO if she is to be reimbursed for the expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any business-related travel, business-related entertainment and other costs and expenses reasonably incident to the performance of her duties on behalf of the Bank.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

7.            Fringe Benefits .

A.            Insurance .  The Employee shall receive health insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plan established by the Bank for its employees.  The Bank shall also pay the premiums for Employee to receive the following insurance, consistent with the terms set forth in the plans established by the Bank for its employees:  dental; life; short-term disability; and long-term disability.
 
B.            Banking .  The Bank shall not charge the Employee for use of a savings account, checking account or debit card issued by the Bank.  The Employee is eligible to have her paychecks deposited directly in any account she has with the Bank or elsewhere.

8.            Termination of Employment .

A.           This Agreement shall terminate prior to the expiration of its Term only upon and on the occurrence of the following:

(i)           on the death of Employee in which event all non vested stock options shall immediately vest and Employer shall have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and any contractually committed obligations to provide Employee with vested benefits pursuant to a salary continuation agreement, supplemental life insurance agreement, or other form of retirement plan (" Retirement Benefits ") in effect as of the date of death;

(ii)           on the date Employee becomes physically or mentally incapacitated to the extent she has been unable to perform her duties under this Agreement for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days and, in order to assist the Bank in making such determination, the Employee agrees to make herself available for medical examination by one or more physicians chosen by the Bank and grants to the Bank and such physicians access to all relevant medical information, including copies of the Employee's medical records and access to the Employee's own physicians, in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the date of disability;

(iii)           on the effective date of Employee's voluntary resignation in which event Employer will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the effective date of resignation;

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(iv)           on the date Employer terminates Employee for "cause" as defined below in which event Employee will have no further obligation to Employee other than payment of any unpaid salary and Retirement Benefits as of the effective date of resignation; or

(v)           on the date Employer terminates Employee other than for cause in which event (1) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall pay Employee salary and benefits as such were paid on the date of termination, (2) Employer, for the remaining Term, shall grant options as provided in this Agreement and (3) all unvested options shall immediately vest and all options granted during the remaining Term shall vest when granted.

B.            Termination for Cause .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 above, the Employee’s employment (and all of her rights and benefits under this Agreement) shall terminate immediately after written notice upon the happening of any one or more of the following events, which constitute “cause”:  (i)  the Employee has breached, in any material respect, a provision of this Agreement; (ii)  the Employee refuses to perform the duties of her employment under this Agreement in any material respect; (iii)  the Employee has committed any act or omission materially and adversely affecting her reputation or that of the Bank or any of its affiliates or materially and adversely affecting any product, policy, program or service offered through or developed by the Bank or any of its affiliates; (iv)  the Employee is convicted of or pleads guilty to a charge of any felony or of any lesser crime involving fraud or moral turpitude or directed against the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (v)  the Employee commits any other act which is inconsistent with the good faith fulfillment of her responsibilities as an employee of the Bank or is done with the intent to harm the Bank, its affiliates or any of their shareholders, employees, agents or contractors; (vi)  the Employee violates any material statute, rule or regulation of any federal, state or local governmental authority pertaining to the marketing, sale, solicitation or offer of any product, policy or program of the Bank or its affiliates; and (vii)  the Employee commits any other act or omission which an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction justifies as grounds for dismissal for cause.

C.            Unused Vacation, Sick and Personal Leave .  The Employee shall be eligible to receive the remaining balance of her unused vacation and personal leave at the termination of her employment only if she is not terminated for “cause” as defined above and she returns all Bank property to the Bank prior to her final day of employment.  Employee shall have no right to receive any unused sick leave.  If the Employee fails to return any Bank property prior to her last day of employment, the Employee authorizes the Bank to deduct from her final paycheck the reasonable cost (not value) of that item.  In the event that the Employee elects to terminate her employment, she must provide the Company with 60 days notice as provided above in order to receive the remaining balance of her unused vacation and personal leave.

  9.            Non-Competition Agreement .

A.           The Employee agrees that, for one (1) year following termination from the Bank, regardless of reason, she will not, as an individual, stockholder, officer, director, partner, agent, employee, consultant, or representative, act for or on behalf of or have any interest, direct or indirect, in any business similar to or competitive with the Bank’s business within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank exclusive of the State of Virginia or Washington, D.C.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
B.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following the termination of employment, not to solicit or sell or attempt to solicit or sell, for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, services or products that are competitive with the services or products of the Bank to any customer or client to which the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) has solicited or sold any services or products on behalf of the Bank during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of her employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where Employee (or employees under her managerial control) solicited or sold services or products, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.

C.           Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to perform or render services or attempt to perform or render services, for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, for any customer or client of the Bank for which the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) has performed any services, during any part of the two (2) years immediately preceding the termination of her employment. This restriction shall, in the case of a multi-location customer or client, apply to the location or locations where the Employee (or employees under her managerial control) performed or rendered services, as well as any offices of that customer or client within a 25-mile radius of the main office of the Bank.

D.           The Employee agrees, during the period of employment and for one (1) year following termination, not to solicit or hire, either directly or indirectly, any current employee of the Bank to work or perform services for her own account or on behalf of any person or corporation other than the Bank, or attempt to induce any employee to leave the employ of the Bank to work for the Employee or any other person, firm or corporation.

E.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of these provisions will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. In the event of a breach of Paragraphs A through C of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of these Paragraphs, as well as court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement. In the event of a breach of Paragraph D of this Section, the Employee shall pay to the Bank liquidated damages equal to any money received by the Employee due to violation of this Paragraph or the equivalent of the most recent one (1) year's salary (at the company) of the hired solicited employee, whichever is greater. Additionally, the Employee agrees to pay the Bank court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.

10.            Trade Secrets, Confidential Information and Intellectual Property .  The Employee acknowledges that and as a result of her employment with the Bank, the Employee has, is and will be making use of, acquiring, and adding to information of a special and unique nature and value relating to the Bank's intellectual property, trade secrets and other confidential information.  In that regard, the Employee agrees to the following:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
A.           The Employee shall not, at any time during or following her employment with the Bank, divulge or disclose, or employ for any purpose whatsoever, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information that have been obtained by or disclosed to the Employee as a result of the Employee's employment by the Bank.  For purposes of this Agreement, “trade secrets or other confidential information" shall mean all information which is used in the Bank's business and which gives the Bank the opportunity to obtain advantage over its competitors who do not know or use such information, regardless of whether written or otherwise, including, but not limited to, trade secrets, business methods, business plans, financial data, customer lists and contracts, pricing plans, marketing plans or strategies, security devices, product information, billing procedures, employee lists, salaries and other personnel information, and other business arrangements.  The term “trade secrets or other confidential information” is not meant to include any information which, at the time of disclosure, is generally known by the public or any competitors of the Bank.  If the Employee has any questions regarding the confidential status of information, she should contact the CEO.

B.           All notes, data, reference items, sketches, drawings, memoranda, records, and other materials in any way relating to any of the information referred to in the Paragraph above or to the Bank's business shall belong exclusively to the Bank and the Employee agrees to turn over to the Bank all copies of such materials in the Employee's possession or control (whether hard copy or electronic) at the Bank's request or upon the termination of the Employee's employment.

C.           All intellectual property, including, but not limited to, all software (including, without limitation, computer programs, object code, source code, documentation, notes, records, work papers, and all other materials associated therewith), and all copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights related thereto shall be deemed (1) the sole and exclusive property of the Bank (and/or the Bank's clients or customers if the Bank so determines), and (2) “trade secrets or other confidential information."  The Employee also agrees that any work prepared for the Bank or its customers or clients that are susceptible of copyright protection shall be a work-made-for-hire for the Bank.  If any such work is deemed for any reason not to be a work-made-for-hire, the Employee hereby agrees to irrevocably assign to the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to the copyright in such work and the Employee further agrees to execute all such documents and assurances, and to take all such action, as the Bank shall request, in order to cause the rights assigned hereby fully to vest in the Bank.  The Employee hereby waives all so-called “moral rights” relating to all work developed or produced by the Employee hereunder, including, without limitation, any and all rights of attribution, rights of approval, restriction or limitation of use or subsequent modifications.  In furtherance of the foregoing, and not in limitation thereof, the Employee agrees to assign the Bank all of the Employee's right, title and interest in and to any and all ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, processes, methods, inventions, discoveries, developments, innovations and improvements conceived or made by the Employee, whether alone or with others, during the Employee's employment with the Bank, and which either (i) involve or are reasonably related to the Bank's business or (ii) incorporate or are based on, in whole or in part, any of the Bank's trade secrets or other confidential information. (all of the aforesaid sometimes referred to herein as the “Inventions”).  The Employee agrees to disclose all Inventions to the Bank promptly, and to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the Bank in the preservation of the Bank’s interest in the Inventions, such as by executing documents, testifying and the like, which assistance shall be provided at the Bank’s expense but without any additional compensation to the Employee.  The Employee shall, at the Bank’s expense, assist the Bank or its nominee to obtain patent protection for such Inventions in any countries the Bank may elect in its sole discretion throughout the world.  All Inventions shall be the property of the Bank or its nominees, whether patentable or not.  The Employee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Bank, all of the Employee’s right title and interest in and to all patent applications, patents and reissues related to any Inventions.  The Employee agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents, and to provide other assistance, at the Bank’s request and expense, during and subsequent to the Employee’s employment by the Bank, confirming the complete ownership by the Bank of any and all Inventions, enabling the Bank or its nominees to apply for and maintain patent protection (if applicable), and/or any other legal protection that may then be available for the Inventions.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
D.           The Employee acknowledges that any breach of this Section will cause irreparable harm to the Bank and entitle the Bank to injunctive or other equitable relief, as well as damages. Damages shall include, but are not limited to, the Employee's payment of the court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Bank to enforce this Agreement.
 
11.            Applicable Law .  This Agreement will be construed and enforced under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.  The parties agree that any appropriate state court located in Prince George’s County, Maryland, will have jurisdiction of any case or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement and will be a proper forum in which to adjudicate such case or controversy.  The parties consent to the jurisdiction of such courts.
 
12.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement embodies the entire and final agreement of the parties on the subject matter stated in the Agreement.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding upon the Employer or the Employee unless made in writing and signed by both parties.  All prior understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby expressly terminated.
 
13.            Severability .  The parties agree that each of the provisions included in this Agreement is separate, distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement and that the invalidity or unenforceability of any Agreement provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  Further, if any provision of this Agreement is ruled invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction because of a conflict between the provision and any applicable law or public policy, the provision will be redrawn to make the provision consistent with and valid and enforceable under the law or public policy.
 
14.            No Set-off by the Employee .  The existence of any claim, demand, action or cause of action by the Employee against the Employer, or any Affiliate of the Employer, whether predicated upon this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Employer of any of its rights hereunder.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
15.            Notice .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, will be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date shown on the receipt or three (3) business days after the postmarked date thereof.  In addition, notices hereunder may be delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or overnight courier, in which event the notice will be deemed effective when delivered or transmitted.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:
 

 
 
(i)  
If to the Employer, to it at:  
       
   
1525 Pointer Ridge Road
Bowie, Maryland 20716
Attn: President
 
       
 
(ii)  
If to the Employee, to the Employee at:  
       
       
 
 
 
16.            Assignment .  Neither party hereto may assign or delegate this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party hereto.
 
17.            Waiver .  A waiver by the Employer of any breach of this Agreement by the Employee will not be effective unless in writing, and no waiver will operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or another breach on a subsequent occasion.
 
18.            Interpretation .  Words importing the singular form shall include the plural and vice versa.  The terms "herein", "hereunder", "hereby", "hereto", "hereof" and any similar terms refer to this Agreement.  Any captions, titles or headings preceding the text of any article, section or subsection herein are solely for convenience of reference and will not constitute part of this Agreement or affect its meaning, construction or effect.
 
19.            Rights of Third Parties .  Nothing herein expressed is intended to or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person, firm or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
20.            Survival .  The obligations of the Employee pursuant to Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 will survive the termination of the employment of the Employee hereunder for the period designated under each of those respective sections.
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
21.           This Agreement shall extend to, and be binding upon the Employee, and upon the Bank and its successors and assigns and the term “Bank” as used herein shall include its successors and assigns whether by merger, consolidation, combination or otherwise.

[signatures appear on following page]

 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement, under seal, as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

ATTEST:
     
   
OLD LINE BANK.
 
       
       
/s/ Joseph E. Burnett
 
By:
/s/ James W. Cornelsen
     
(SEAL)
Joseph E. Burnett, Secretary
   
James W. Cornelsen, President and Chief Executive Officer
       
WITNESS:
     
       
/s/ Joseph E. Burnett
   
/s/ Christine M. Rush
     
(SEAL)
     
Christine M. Rush


 
 

 

 
Exhibit 10.51
 
OLD LINE BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN AGREEMENT
(2010 Plan)
 
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 14th day of February, 2011, by
 
and between Old Line Bank, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Sandra Burnett, hereinafter referred to as the "Participant".
 
WITNESSETH
 
WHEREAS, it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity; and,
 
WHEREAS, the experience of the Participant, the Participant’s knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant’s reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of the Participant’s continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure the Participant’s remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during the Participant’s lifetime or until the age of retirement; and,
 
WHEREAS, it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that the Participant’s services be retained as herein provided; and,
 
WHEREAS, the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to the Participant’s beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and,
 
WHEREAS, the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:
 
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
 
DEFINITION OF TERMS. Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 
 
Page 1 of 20

 
 

 
 
  1.1 “Accrued Benefit” shall mean, as of any date, the benefit accrued and recorded on the books of the Plan Sponsor on behalf of the Participant with respect to service beginning January 1, 2010, as shown on the attached Schedule A.
 
  1.1 “Applicable Guidance” shall mean, as the context requires, Code § 409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code § 409A.
 
  1.2 “Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before the Participant’s death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
  1.3 “Board” shall mean the board of director’s of the Plan Sponsor, unless
 
specifically noted otherwise.
 
  1.4 “Cause” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant’s breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant’s duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant’s title and function or the Participant’s failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.
 
  1.5 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).
 
(a)                Change in Ownership. A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).
 
(b)                Change in Effective Control. A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors’ appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 
 
 
Page 2 of 20

 
 
(c) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets. A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the
assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations § 1 .409A-3(i) (5) (vii).
 
1.6  “Claimant” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a
benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.
 
1.7  “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.8 “Disability” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1 .409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.
 
1.9  “Effective Date” shall mean the later of (i) the date specified on the first page of
 
this Plan or (ii) the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor.
 
1.10  “Eligible Employee” shall mean for any Plan Year (or applicable portion of a Plan Year), an Employee who is determined by the Plan Sponsor, or its designee, to be a Participant under the Plan. If the Plan Sponsor determines that an Employee first becomes an Eligible Employee during a Plan Year, the Plan Sponsor shall notify the individual in writing of its determination and of the date during the Plan Year on which the individual shall first become a Plan Participant.
 
1.11  “Employee” shall mean a person providing services to the Plan Sponsor in the
 
capacity of a common law Employee of the Plan Sponsor.
 
1.12  “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.13  “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.
 
1.14 “Normal Retirement Benefit” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Sixty Six Thousand Three Hundred Ten Dollars ($66,310), which shall be paid each year for a period of fifteen (15) years in the form of equal monthly installments.
 
1.15    “Participant” shall mean the Employee identified as the Participant on the first page of the Agreement.
 
1.16    “Plan” shall mean this Old Line Bank Salary Continuation Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For

 
 
Page 3 of 20

 

 
 
purposes of applying Code § 409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation § 1.409-1(c) (2) (i) (A).
 
1.17 “Plan Administrator” or “Administrator” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to the Participant’s individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.
 
1. 18 “Plan Sponsor” shall mean the person or entity receiving the services of the Participant, as identified on the first page of this Plan.
 
1.19 “Plan Year” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
 
1.20 “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.
 
1.21 “Separation from Service” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant’s death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations § 1 .409A-1(h) (1) (ii)) with the Plan Sponsor. If the Plan Sponsor is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a group of trades or business under common control (as described in Code Section 414(b) or (c), but substituting a 50% ownership level for the 80% level set forth in those Code Sections), all members of the group shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of whether there has occurred a Separation from Service. However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.
 
In accordance with Section 409A, a Participant will have incurred a Separation from Service where the Plan Sponsor and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (2 0%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services to the employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Plan Sponsor less than 36 months).
 
1.22 “Schedule A” shall mean the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Article 3.
 
1.23 “Specified Employee” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i) (5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code § 1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.
 
1.24 “Taxable Year” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.
 
 
 
Page 4 of 20

 
 
  1.25 “Treasury Regulations” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.
 
1.26    “Trust” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance
with the terms of this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
 
  2.1 Selection by Plan Sponsor. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion. The initial group of Eligible Employees shall become Participants on the Effective Date. Any Eligible Employee selected as a Plan Participant after the Effective Date, shall become a Participant on a date determined by the Plan Sponsor.
 
  2.2 Re-Employment. If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
 
  2.3 Enrollment Requirements. As a condition of participation, each selected Employee shall complete, execute, and return to the Plan Administrator all form(s) required by the Plan Administrator and within the time specified by the Plan Administrator. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish such other enrollment requirements as it determines necessary or advisable.
 
  2.4 Eligibility; Commencement of Participation. Provided that an Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Employee shall commence participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor.
 
  2.5 Termination of Participation. If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.
 
ARTICLE 3 BENEFITS
 
  3.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Benefit. The Normal Retirement Benefit shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the date the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age.
 
  3.2 Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments. In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit amount shown on Schedule A under the column labeled "Early Termination Annual Benefit" for the Plan Year in which the Participant's death occurs, multiplied by fifteen (15) (the "Death Benefit"). The Death Benefit shall be paid in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments to the Participant's Beneficiary, and shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.
 
 
 
Page 5 of 20

 
 
  3.3 Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments. In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving all the payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same form as those payments would have made to the Participant had the Participant survived.
 
  3.4 Disability Benefit. In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the benefit amount shown on Schedule A under the column labeled "Disability Annual Benefit" for the Plan Year in which the Participant's Disability occurs, multiplied by fifteen (15) (the "Disability Benefit"). The Disability Benefit shall be paid in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, and shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first).
 
  3.5 Separation from Service Benefit. If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age because the Participant’s employment is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily for reasons other than death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit amount shown on Schedule A under the column labeled "Early Termination Annual Benefit" for the Plan Year in which the Participant's Separation from Service occurs, multiplied by fifteen (15) (the "Early Termination Benefit"). The Early Termination Benefit shall be paid in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, and shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age (or, if the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the later of (i) the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service) or dies (whichever occurs first).
 
  3.6 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control prior to the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Separation from Service, death or Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to the the benefit amount shown on Schedule A under the column labeled “Change in Control Annual Benefit” for the Plan Year in which the Change in Control occurs, multiplied by fifteen (15) (the "Change in Control Benefit"). Subject to the paragraph below, the Change in Control Benefit shall be paid in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, and shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant’s Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. In lieu of receiving one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal monthly installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal monthly installments over five (5) years, so long as the election is made by the Participant and submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the Effective Date or within thirty (30) days thereafter.
 
3.7  Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for "Cause", then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.
 
  3.8 Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of Applicable Guidance.
 
 
Page 6 of 20

 
 
  3.9 Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment. If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:
 
(i)   Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;
 
(ii)   If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);
 
(iii) If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).
 
3.10Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor.
 
(a) A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.
 
(i) Payments subject to Section 162(m). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code § 162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:
 
(1)   during the Participant’s first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code § 162(m) or,
 
(2)   during the period beginning with the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15 th day of the third month following the Participant’s Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor’s Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to specified employees upon a separation from service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.
 
(ii) Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law. A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or

 
 
 
Page 7 of 20

 
 
other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.
 
(iii)   Other events and conditions. The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.
 
(iv)   Not withstanding the above, a payment may be delayed in accordance with Code section 409A where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.
 
(b) Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date. Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in case the Plan Sponsor does not have sufficient funds to make the payment without jeopardizing the Plan Sponsor’s solvency, in the first calendar year in which the Plan Sponsor’s funds are sufficient to make the payment.
 
3.11 Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:
 
(a)   Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor’s obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.
 
(b)   In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101 (j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.
 
(c) In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.
 
(d) If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such
 
 
Page 8 of 20

 
 
information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.
 
  3.12 Facility of Payment. If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.
 
  3.13 Excise Tax Limitation. In the event that any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Code §280G(b) (2) of the Code) to the Participant or for the Participant’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable (including, but not limited to, the acceleration of the time for the vesting or payment of such benefit or payment) pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, the Participant’s employment with the Plan Sponsor or any of its Affiliates or a Change in Control within the meaning of Code §280G of the Code (a "Payment" or "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code §4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then the Payments shall be increased in an amount necessary to provide for the payment of the excise tax imposed by Code § 4999 (the "Section 4999 Limit"). Any payment made to the Participant under this Section 3.13 shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant remits the related taxes.
 
ARTICLE 4
Taxes
 
4.1          Vesting.
 
(a)   Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be one hundred (100%) percent vested in the Normal Retirement Benefit.
 
(b)   Death Benefit. Upon death, the Participant shall be one hundred (100%) percent vested in the Death Benefit (as defined in Section 3.2).
 
(c)   Disability Benefit. Upon the Participant's Disability, the Participant shall be one hundred (100%) percent vested in the Disability Benefit (as defined in Section 3.4).
 
(d)   Early Termination Benefit. On each January 1 during which the Plan is in effect and the Participant is employed by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant shall be one hundred (100%) percent vested in the Early Termination Benefit (as defined in Section 3.5).
 
(e) Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Participant shall be one hundred (100%) percent vested in the Change in Control Benefit (as defined in Section 3.6).
 
4.2          FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes:
 
(a)   When a Participant becomes vested in a benefit under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant’s cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested benefit.
 
(b)   Distributions. The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 
 
Page 9 of 20

 
 
ARTICLE 5
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
 
5.1Designation of Beneficiaries.
 
(a)   The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant’s death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime.
 
(b)   In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant’s spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant’s then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant’s estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant’s personal representative, executor, or administrator.
 
(c) If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant’s estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.
 
5.2 Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries. Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.
 
ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION
 
6.1 Administrator Duties. The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to the Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.
 
6.2 Administrator Authority. The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 
 
Page 10 of 20

 
 
(a) To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;
 
(b)   To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;
 
(c)   To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;
 
(d)   To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;
 
(e)   To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;
 
(f)   To administer this Plan’s claims procedures;
 
(g)   To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and
 
(h) To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.
 
  6.3 Binding Effect of Decision. The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.
 
  6.4 Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity. The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.
 
  6.5 Plan Sponsor Information. To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.
 
6.6  Periodic Statements. Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement on an annual basis.
 
 
ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
 
  7.1 Claims Procedures. This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.
 
(a) Initial Claim. A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a "Claimant") under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 
 
Page 11 of 20

 
 
(i)            Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.
 
(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that   requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant’s disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan’s adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy-five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

(iii)       
Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims .  If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:
 
(A)   The specific reasons for the denial;
 
(B)   A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;
 
(C)   A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;
 
(D)   An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;
 
(E)   Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and
 
(F)   A statement of the participant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.
 
In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator’s independent determination of the Participant’s disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).
(b)  Review Procedures
.
 
(i) Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability . Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant’s disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 
 
Page 12 of 20

 
 
The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
 
(ii)                                                           Disability Benefit Claims .  In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant’s disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:
 
(A)   The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.
 
(B)   The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.
 
(C)   The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.
 
(D)   The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.
 
 
(iii)                                                            Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:
 
(A)   its decision;
 
(B)   the specific reasons for the decision;
 
(C)   the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;
 
(D)   a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan’s files which is relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

 
 
 
Page 13 of 20

 

 
 
(E)   a statement describing the Claimant’s right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and
 
(F)   if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.
 
(c)   Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.
 
(d)  Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures .  If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.
 
(e)  Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures .  A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.
 
  7.2 Arbitration of Claims. All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.
 
ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
  8.1 Amendment. The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.
 
8.2    Plan Termination. The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 409A and authoritative guidance:
 
(a) Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy. This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a Plan Sponsor bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants’ gross income in the latest of:
 
(i)                                              The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 
 
 
Page 14 of 20

 
 
 
(ii)   The calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
(iii)   The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
 
(b)   Change in Control. This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Plan Sponsor are terminated so that all participants in all similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.
 
(c)   Discretionary Termination. The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan and make distributions provided that:
 
(i)   All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c) are terminated;
 
(ii)   No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this plan termination;
 
(iii)   All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this plan termination; and
 
(iv)   Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan.
 
(v)  The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.
 
ARTICLE 9 THE TRUST
 
  9.1 Establishment of Trust. The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.B. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor’s creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.
 
  9.2 Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust. The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant

 
 
 
Page 15 of 20

 

 
 
shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor’s obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.
 
9.3              Contribution to the Trust. Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.
 
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
 
10.1 Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.
 
10.2 Nonassignability. Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.
 
10.3 Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.
 
10.4 Unclaimed Benefits. In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.
 
10.5 Governing Law. Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
 
10.6 Notice. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee’s last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.
 
 
 
Page 16 of 20

 
 
10.7 Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.
 
10.8 Compliance. A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.
 
10.9 Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.
 
10.10 Aggregation of Plans. If the Plan Sponsor offers non-account balance deferred compensation plans in addition to the Plan, those plans, together with the Plan, shall be treated as a single plan to the extent required under Section 409A.

 
 
 
Page 17 of 20

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor and Participant have signed this Plan document as of the date indicated below.
 
 
WITNESS:
FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR:
 
   
/s/Cathy Coughlin                    
/s/James W. Cornelsen            
 
   
Cathy Coughlin                        
James W. Cornelsen                 
   
       
 
February 14, 2011                      
   
 
     
PARTICIPANT:
     
 
/ s/ Sandra Burnett                     
 
   
 
Sandra Burnett                            
 
   
 
February 14, 2011                       
   
       
       
       


 
 
Page 18 of 20

 
 
Schedule A
(2010 Plan)
Sandra Burnett
 
Assumed
Separation
Date 
Annual
Age
Early
Termination
Annual
Benefit(1)
Disability
Annual
Benefit(1)
   Change in 
Control 
Annual 
Benefit(2) 
1/1/2010
52
0
0
35,742
1/1/2011
53
5,239
5,239
37,529
1/1/2012
54
10,477
10,477
39,406
1/1/2013
55
15,716
15,716
41,376
1/1/2014
56
20,955
20,955
43,445
1/1/2015
57
26,193
26,193
45,617
1/1/2016
58
31,432
31,432
47,898
1/1/2017
59
36,671
36,671
50,293
1/1/2018
60
41,910
41,910
52,808
1/1/2019
61
47,148
47,148
55,448
1/1/2020
62
52,387
52,387
58,220
1/1/2021
63
57,626
57,626
61,131
1/1/2022
64
62,864
62,864
64,188
8/26/2022(3)
65
66,310
66,310
66,310
 
(1)   As described in the Plan, the Participant's Early Termination Benefit or Disability Benefit under the Plan shall be the Annual Benefit amount determined for the year in which termination or disability occurs, as applicable, multiplied by fifteen (15).
 
(2)   As described in the Plan, the Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall be the Change in Control Annual Benefit amount determined for the year in which the Change in Control occurs, multiplied by fifteen (15).
 
(3) This is the date the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age and becomes vested in the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 
 
Page 19 of 20

 
 
 
OLD LINE BANK
Salary Continuation Agreement (2010 Plan) BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM
 
( ) New Designation
 
( ) Change in Designation
 
I                                                               , designate the following as Beneficiary under this Agreement:
 
Primary:
%
   
 
Name of Beneficiary
 
   
   
%
 
   
Name of Beneficiary
   
Contingent:
                                                                                                                                  
%
 
 
 
Name of Beneficiary
 
 
 
       
 
Name of Beneficiary
%
 
 
Notes:
                            ·   Please PRINT CLEARLY the names of the beneficiaries.
·  
To name a Trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
·  
To name your Estate as Beneficiary, please write “Estate of <your name>”.
·  
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
 
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Plan Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
 
Name:                                                                             
 
Signature:                                                                                                Date:
 
Received by the Plan Administrator this                        day of                                             ,                       .
 
By:                                                                                                                
 
Title:                                                           

 
 
 
 Page 20 of 20